人教新课标九年级英语单元测试题及答案解析全册 B
(14 个单元，共 14 套）
Unit 1 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选出与所听句子内容相符的图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
A B
C D E
________(1) ________(2) ________(3)
________(4) ________(5)
二、听句子，选出适当的答语(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．A. Oh，yes.
B．By listening to tapes.
C．I do that sometimes.
7．A. Yes，I have. B．Yes，I do.
C．With a group.
8．A. Listening can help.
B．Zhang Lin.
C．Sure.9．A. She likes music very much.
B．She works in a school.
C．She studies by working with a group.
10．A. Listening.
B．You can find a pen pal.
C．Great idea.
三、听对话，判断正(T)误(F)(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
11.The girl doesn't learn English by watching Englishlanguage videos.
12．The girl doesn't write a diary in English every day.
13．The girl has ever practiced conversations with a friend.
14．Practicing conversations with a friend improves the girl's speaking skills.
15．The boy never looks up new words in a dictionary.
四、听短文，补全表格(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．I got into No.________ Middle School, and I had much difficulty in learning English.
17．I couldn't ________ the words and phrases.
18．For a time I wanted to ________．
19．Later, I listened to the teacher ________ in class.
20．Gradually, I made great ________ in English.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．—Excuse me，could you tell me how I can learn English well?
—________ reading and speaking more.
A．By B．In C．On D．At
22．You will just have to be ________ and wait till I'm finished.
A．patient B．strict C．secret D．wise
23．Most young people ________ their parents in China now.
A．depend on B．turn on C．get on D．put on
24．—I'm busy with my schoolwork these days.
—That's great! You won't get good grades ________ you work hard.
A．if B．because C．unless D．after 25． As we all know，the Silk Road ________ China to the west in ancient times.
A．connects B．connected
C．will connect D．is connecting
26．—Remember this, children. ________ careful you are, ________ mistakes you will
make.
—We know, Mr. Li.
A．The more; the more
B．The fewer; the more
C．The more; the fewer
D．The less; the less
27．—Oh，dear! Your room is untidy.
—Sorry，Mom.I'll __________．
A．set it up B．clean it up
C．put it up D．look it up
28．—Where is Tom?
—He is practicing ________ English ________ he can win the speech competition.
A．to speak; in order to B．speaking; so that
C．speaking; in order to D．to speak; so that
29．—I am afraid to ask questions because of my poor ________．
—You'd better practice speaking more.
A．introduction B．inspiration
C．pronunciation D．information
30． At least 300 million people are using QQ _______ by Ma Huateng to chat online.
A．create B．creates C．created D．creating
31．There are many ways ______ learn a language well.I think using it is the ______ way.
A．to；best B．of；good C．to; good D．of；best
32． A conversation ________ a wise person is worth ten years' study of books.
A．for B．like C．with D．to
33． I bought ________ for my mother on Mother's Day this year.
A．special anything B．anything special C．special something D．something special
34．—What do you think of the roads in the village?
—They are ________ for two cars to pass.
A．enough wide B．wide enough
C．long enough D．enough long
35．Please remember ________ your notebook here tomorrow.
A．brings B．brought
C．bringing D．to bring
六、完形填空 (每小题 1 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 290；建议用时：8 分钟)
Frank was a very talkative boy. He never saw a new thing without asking a lot of questions about it. His
mother was very kind and ________(36). When it was proper to answer his questions, she would do so.
The first time Frank saw an hourglass, he was very much ________(37) ，but he did not know what it
was. His mother________(38), “An hourglass is made in the shape of the figure ‘8’. The sand is put in at one
end, and ________(39) a small hole in the middle. The sand put into the glass will go through ________(40) an
hour.”
Frank watched the little stream of sand. He was impatient, because it would not run faster. “Let me
________(41)it, mother，” said he, “it is lazy, and will never get through.”
“Oh yes, it will, my son，” said his mother. “The sand moves by ________ (42)，but it moves all the
time. When you look at the clock, you will find the same.________(43)you are playing, the sand is running,
grain by grain, and the hands of the ________(44)are moving, second by second. At night, the sand in the
hourglass has run through twelve times. The hour hand of the clock has moved all around ________(45)great
face. This is because they keep at work every ________(46). They do not stop to think how much they have to
do, and ________(47)it will take them to do it.”
Now, Frank's mother wanted him to learn a poem, but he said, “Mum, I ________(48)．” His mother said,
“Study all the time. ________(49) care about the time it will take. You will be able to say it very soon.”
Frank followed his mother's ________(50). He studied line after line, and in one hour and a half he knew
the poem perfectly.
36．A. strict B．patient C．nervous D．polite
37．A. pleased B．relaxed C．interested D．bored
38．A. explained B．repeated
C．thought D．added
39．A .runs through B．runs along
C．goes over D．goes across
40．A .before B．for C．after D．in41．A. shake B．get C．take D．carry
42．A .carefully B．quickly
C．heavily D．slowly
43．A. Since B．Unless C．Before D．While
44．A.boy B．mother C．clock D．hourglass
45．A. his B．her C．its D．their
46．A. year B．month C．week D．minute
47．A. how far B．how long
C．how much D．how soon
48．A. can B．can't C．could D．couldn't
49．A. Often B．Never C．Always D．Sometimes
50．A. rule B．steps C．advice D．decision
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 100；建议用时：4 分钟)
Want to spend a great weekend?
Want to see your favorite movie star?
Come on!
Place: Chengdu People's Square.
Time: 6：00 pm, June, 7th .
Ticket: ￥150.
Welcome to our club
Do you want to be an artist?
Just come and have a try!
Music lesson Price: ￥80
Dance lesson Price: ￥50
Art lesson Price: ￥70
Sichuan History Museum
You should use the floor plan (楼层分布) to find your way around. If you are with your
children, stay close to them. The museum is very big and it is easy to get lost.Open: 9：00 am—12：00 am; 2：30 pm—5：30 pm
Admission (入场券): ￥10 (free of charge of children under 6 years old)
51.You can see your favorite movie star ________.
A．in Chengdu People's Square
B．in the club
C．in Sichuan History Museum
D．at the cinema
52．We can't learn ________ in the club.
A．music B．art
C．English D．dance
53．If you want to have music and art lessons, you will pay ________.
A．￥90 B．￥150 C．￥180 D．￥130
54．People can visit the museum at ________ every day.
A．1：00 pm B．3：00 pm
C．7：00 pm D．8：00 am
55．________ can get into the museum for free.
A．An adult B．A student
C．A teacher D．A child under 6 years old
B(词数：约 190；建议用时：5 分钟)
One day in 1999，a Chinese man was having lunch in a US restaurant. Suddenly，the word“Alibaba”came
into his mind.He asked a waitress，“What do you know about Alibaba？”The woman answered，“Alibaba and the
40 thieves.”“Yes，this is the name！”the man replied.
The man was Jack Ma (Ma Yun) who used to be an English teacher. Later that year，he founded Alibaba，an
ecommerce (电子商业) company.
Few Chinese people saw the commercial potential (潜力) of the Internet when Ma started Alibaba. He got the
nick name“Crazy Jack Ma”．
However，the man believed that everyone should have a dream.“The most important thing is that we believe
in our dreams. Of course we make many mistakes，but we never give up hope，”Ma said.
Ma's business is not only focused on ecommerce. Alibaba has a large stake (股份) in Sina Weibo and Youku Tudou. He's also on the board of China's most successful soccer club，Guangzhou Evergrande.
Now，Ma's dream is even bigger.“We have a dream. We hope in the next 15 years that the world changes
because of us，”he said.
56．Which word suddenly came into Ma Yun's mind when he was having lunch in a US restaurant?
A．Money. B．Family. C．Alibaba. D．Stock.
57．According to the passage，what did Ma Yun use to be?
A．A businessman. B．A trader.
C．A writer. D．An English teacher.
58．Which of the following is not true?
A．Ma Yun founded Alibaba.
B．Ma Yun once taught English.
C．Ma Yun got the nickname “Crazy Jack Ma”．
D．Ma Yun bought a soccer team at the age of 50.
59．Which of the following isn't Alibaba's business now?
A．Sina Weibo and Youku Tudou.
B．Ecommerce.
C．The soccer club.
D．Teaching English.
60．What can't we get from Jack Ma's story?
A．Everyone should have a dream.
B．If you want to succeed，you should be able to see something that others can't.
C．You should always believe in your dream and work on it.
D．You will be successful if you give your company a good name.
C(词数：约 190；建议用时：5 分钟)
When you are learning English，you find it not clever to put an English sentence，word for word，into
your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do？” for example. If you look up each word in the
dictionary，one at a time，what is your translation？It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.
Languages don't just have different sounds；they are different in many ways. It's important to master the
rules for the word order in the study of English，too. If the speaker puts words in a wrong order，the listener
can't understand the speaker's sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is
changed，the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes when the order is changed，the meaning of the
sentence doesn't change. Let's see the difference between the two pairs of sentences.“She only likes apples.”“Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the movie already.”“I have already seen
the movie.”
When you are learning English，you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the
English speaker does.
61．From the passage we know that ________ when we are learning English.
A．we shouldn't put every word into our own language
B．we should look up every word in the dictionary
C．we need to put every word into our own language
D．we must read word by word
62．The writer thinks it is ________ in learning English.
A．difficult to understand different sounds
B．possible to remember the word order
C．important to master the rules for the word order
D．easy to master the rules for the word order
63．We can learn from the passage that ________．
A．the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the words
B．the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentence
C．sometimes different orders of words have different meanings
D．if the order of words is different，the meaning of the sentence must be different
64．“She only likes apples.”________
A．is the same as “Only she likes apples.”
B．is different from “Only she likes apples.”
C．means “She likes fruit except apples.”
D．means “She doesn't like apples.”
65．Which is the best title for this passage?
A．Different Orders，Different Meanings
B．How to Speak English
C．How to Put French into Our Own Language
D．How to Learn English
八、词汇运用(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
(一)根据句意及首字母或汉语提示写出单词的正确形式。66．I really hope you can read English a________，because it is helpful for you to study
English better.
67．She has the a__________ to study English better.
68．You'd better keep the s____________ between us forever.
69．It is necessary to take ____________(笔记)and review them often.
70．____________(知识)can help you become wiser and more creative.
(二) 用所给词的适当形式填空。
71．You can also become happier by __________(help)others in need.
72. The Japanese leader's embarrassed ________(express) surprised everyone in the meeting.
73．Your sweet ________________(pronounce) makes me remember one of my old friends.
74．(2015·淮安)It's important for us to use natural resources ________ (wise)．
75．—Did you pay attention to ________(listen)to today's news?
—Yes, I did.
九、补全对话(有一项多余)(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
Mr Smith: Welcome to the Spanish club.________(76) Does anyone learn Spanish by
watching videos?
Linda：No. It's too hard to understand spoken Spanish.
Bob：How about keeping a diary in Spanish? ________(77)
Linda：Yes，I do. It helps to write Spanish every day.
Jack：Have you ever studied with a group?
Lily：Yes，I have! ________(78)
Jack：Do you have conversations with friends in Spanish?
Lily：Oh，yes.________(79)
Linda：What about reading in a loud voice to practice your pronunciation?
Bob：I do that sometimes. I think it helpful.
Lily：I do that，too.________(80)
Jack：That's a great idea.
A．And I often learn new words with the help of the dictionary.
B．It really improves my speaking skills.
C．Today we're going to talk about the best ways to learn Spanish.D．I don't think it is a good way to study Spanish.
E．I've learned a lot that way.
F．Do you learn Spanish that way?
十、书面表达(20 分)
英语课上，我们时常进行小组活动。但是如何能让这种活动帮助我们把英语学得更好？现在，请
根据以下要点，以“How Can Group Activities Help Us Study English Better？”为题，写一篇短文，提出
自己的建议。
要点：①活动的任务及完成方式要明确；
②小组内要有不同的角色分工、要合作；
③教师的必要帮助；
④活动结果要在班上分享。
注意：①短文题目已经给出，不计入总词数(80～100)；
②短文必须包括所有提示要点和恰当的结尾；
③文中不得出现真实的姓名和学校名称。
参考词汇：cooperate vi.合作 role n．角色
share vt.分享
How Can Group Activities Help
Us Study English Better?
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Unit 1 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.My sister can't get the pronunciation right. She is worried.
2．The boy learns English by reading English books.
3．I learn English by working with my friend.
4．The girl learns English by singing pop songs.
5．The girl studies for a test by asking her teacher for help.二、6.How do you improve your English?
7．Have you ever made vocabulary lists?
8．May I ask you some questions about learning English?
9．How does your sister become a good learner?
10．What isn't easy about learning English?
三、M：Do you learn English by watching Englishlanguage videos?
W：No. It's too hard to understand.
M：What about writing a diary in English？Do you learn English that way?
W：Yes. It is helpful to write an English diary every day.
M：Have you ever worked with a group?
W：Yes, I have. I've learned a lot that way.
M：Have you ever practiced conversations with a friend?
W：Oh, yes. It improves my speaking skills.
M：What about reading aloud to practice pronunciation?
W：That's a good idea. I do that sometimes. I think it also helps.
M：So do I. And I always look up new words in a dictionary.
W：Great.
四 、 When I got into No. 8 Middle School, I had much difficulty in learning English. I was not able to
understand the teacher in class, and I couldn't know the words and phrases. For a time I wanted to give it up.
Later, with the help of the teacher and my classmates，I listened to the teacher carefully in class, kept on
reading English every day and spoke English as much as possible. Gradually, I made great progress in
English.
In a word, only when you develop interest in studying English can you learn it well.
听力答案：
一、1～5：EABDC
二、6～10：BACCA
三、11～15：TFTTF
四、16.8 17.know 18.give it up
19．carefully 20.progress
笔试部分
五、21.A 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。由问句可知，询问方式，答语要用 by 短语，故选 A。22．A 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。patient 有耐心的；strict 严格的； secret 秘密的；wise 明智的。根
据句意可知选 A。
23．A 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。depend on 依靠；turn on 打开； get on 上车； put on 穿上。根
据句意可知选 A。
24．C 点拨：本题用逻辑推理法解题。分析主句和从句的关系可知从句是条件状语从句，unless 除非，
相当于 if not，故选 C。
25．B 点拨：本题用寻找关键词法解题。根据 in ancient times 在古代，可知句子时态为一般过去时，故
选 B。
26．C 点拨：本题考查“the＋比较级，the＋比较级”结构，表示“越……越……”。mistake 为可数名词，所
以排除 D 项；careful 的比较级在其前加 more，根据句意可知选 C。
27．B 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。set up 建立；put up 张贴，举起；look up 查阅；clean up 清扫。根
据题意可知“房间很脏乱，应该进行打扫”，故选 B。
28．B 点拨：practice doing sth. 练习做某事；so that 为了，引导目的状语从句。根据句意可知选 B。
29．C 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。introduction 介绍； inspiration 灵感； pronunciation 发音； information
信息。 由句意可知选 C。
30．C 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据句意可知 QQ 与 create 之间是被动关系，故用过去分词作后
置定语。故选 C。
31．A 点拨：考查动词不定式和形容词最高级。way 后常跟 of doing/to do 作后置定语。由 learn 可知，应
用 to。第二空前有 the，应用形容词最高级，故选 A。
32．C 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解题。原题表达“与君一席话，胜读十年书”，故选 C。
33．D 点拨：本题用排除法解题。something, anything 等不定代词被形容词修饰时，形容词作后置定语，
排除 A 和 C 两项；本句是肯定句。故选 D。
34．B 点拨：enough 用作副词修饰形容词或副词时要放在形容词或副词后面，故排除 A、D 选项。由句
意可知，强调的是道路的宽度而不是长度，故选 B。
35．D 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据句意可知明天要带笔记本，所以事情还没做，应该用 remember
to do sth.，故选 D。
六、36.B 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。patient 有耐心的； strict 严格的；nervous 担忧的； polite 有礼
貌的。根据句意可知选 B。
37．C 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。pleased 高兴的；relaxed 轻松的；interested 感兴趣的；bored 无聊
的。根据下文“他不知道那是什么”，所以应该是 interested“感兴趣的”，故选 C。
38．A 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。explain 解释；repeat 重复；think 思考；add 补充。根据下文可知
是解释，不是补充(因为前文没有说过到底是什么)。故选 A。
39．A 点拨：through 指从空间内部穿过；across 指从物体表面穿过。根据句意可知选 A。
40．D 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。“in＋一段时间”表示多久之后。
41．A 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。shake 摇动；get 得到；take 拿走；carry 运送。根据下文“它太懒惰了，穿不过去”，可推测此处句意为“我来摇动(目的是让它穿得快点)”。故选 A。
42．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。carefully 仔细地；quickly 快速地；heavily 沉重地；slowly 慢慢地。
根据前文他嫌沙子漏得慢，推测这里是妈妈告诉他“虽然慢，但是一直在移动”。故选 D。
43．D 点拨：本题用寻找关键词法解题。前后两个分句都是进行时态，可知用 while 表示两个动作同时
对比进行。故选 D。
44．C 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据上文“When you look at the clock”可知这里说的是闹钟的“手”，
即表的指针一秒一秒地走，和沙漏一粒一粒地漏一样，选项 C 符合题意。
45．C 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据上句的一夜的时间沙漏里的沙子重复漏了 12 遍，同样道理可
推断此处表示钟表的时针走了整整一圈，即 move around its great face。故选 C。
46．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。根据上文说的沙漏一夜不停地漏，时钟一夜不停地走，可知这里
是“每时每刻都不停地工作”，即 every minute，故选 D。
47．B 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。how far 多远；how long 多长时间；how much 多少；how soon 再
过多久。根据句意可知选 B。
48．B 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。由连词 but 可知，前后两句是转折关系，因此用否定形式；这里
引用的是原话，不用过去时，故选 B。
49．B 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。often 经常；never 从不；always 总是；sometimes 有时。根据句意
可知选 B。
50．C 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。联系上下文可知是他接受了妈妈的建议，才慢慢学会了那首诗，
选项 C 符合题意，故选 C。
七、A 51.A 点拨：细节理解题。根据广告一中的 Want to see your favorite movie star? 可知选 A。
52．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据第二条广告中的 Music lesson，Dance lesson，Art lesson 可知选 C。
53．B 点拨：推理判断题。根据第二条广告所标的价格可知选 B。
54．B 点拨：推理判断题。根据广告三中的 Open: 9：00 am
—12：00 am; 2：30 pm—5：30 pm 可推知选 B。
55．D 点拨：细节理解题。根据广告三中的 free of charge of children under 6 years old 可知选 D。
B 56.C 点拨：细节理解题，用在原文中寻找答案法解题。根据短文第一段的前两句可知正确答案为 C。
57．D 点拨：细节理解题，用在原文中寻找答案法解题。根据短文第二段的第一句“The man was Jack Ma
(Ma Yun) who used to be an English teacher.”可知，马云曾经是一个英语教师。 58.D
59．D 点拨：细节理解题，用细读法解题。由文中倒数第二段可知选 D。
60．D 点拨：推理判断题，用对比分析法解题。通过对原文的分析，可知马云成功的故事中并不是因为
他给自己的公司取了一个好名字，而是因为他有梦想、坚持梦想和有远见等因素共同造就的，故选
D。
C 61.A
62．C 点拨：采用略读法解题。由文章第二段可知，掌握单词的顺序规则是非常重要的。63．C 点拨：采用对比排除法解题。由文章第二段可知，单词顺序变了，意思有时会发生变化，有时不
会变。四个选项中，只有 C 项符合文意。
64．B 点拨：由句子的语法结构判断，only 修饰限定谓语与 only 修饰限定主语所表示的意思不同。
65．D 点拨：本题采用总结归纳法解题。整篇文章叙述的是如何学英语，故选 D。
八、(一)66.aloud 67.ability 68.secret(s)
69．notes 70.Knowledge
(二)71.helping 72.expression 73.pronunciation
74．wisely 75.listening
九、76.C 77.F 78.E 79.B 80.A
十、范文：
How Can Group Activities Help
Us Study English Better?
In__English__classes we__often__have__group__activities．①But__how__can__the_
_activities__help__us__study__English__better？② First③，we must make it clear what the
task is for each group and how it should be done.Second③，each group member must play a different role and the
whole group should cooperate well.At the same time，the teacher should offer necessary help to each group during
activities.Finally③，the activity results must be shared in class because they are our achievements.
In__this__way，we__will__probably__study__English__better．④
名师点评：
◆本题用“三步法”写提建议的短文。第一步，先列现状(第 1，2 句)。 第二步，具体写出建议的内容(第 3－
6 句)。第三步，最后说出希望。
◆本文的添彩点：
①本文开篇点明学习方法之一：进行小组活动(have group activities)，具有开门见山的效果。
②接着运用设问句为介绍如何进行小组活动作铺垫。
③表示顺序的词运用恰当，把进行小组活动的步骤介绍得很有条理。
④最后点明主题，总结全文。
Unit 2 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 十一 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选择正确的答语(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1． A.Moon cakes. B．Zongzi. C．Dumplings.
2． A.It's fun. B．I love the races.
C．What a great day!
3． A.In North America. B．In South Africa.
C．In China.
4． A.On the third Sunday of May.
B．On the second Sunday of May.
C．On the second Sunday of June.
5． A.We dress up as ghosts.
B．We share the bright moon.
C．We buy Christmas trees and presents.
二、听小对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．What does the man mean?
A．Yunnan is beautiful.
B. Visiting Yunnan is boring.
C. The Water Festival is great.
7．Where is the man going for Christmas this year?
A．To his grandparents' home.
B. To England.
C. To Hong Kong.
8．Where does the conversation probably happen?
A．At home. B．In a shop.
C．In a school.
9．How are they feeling about the weather?
A．They think the weather is bad.
B．They think the weather will be sunny.C．They think the weather is good.
10．How does the man go to work?
A．By subway. B．By car.
C．By bus.
三、听长对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答第 11～12 小题。
11．What day is it today?
A．It's Friday. B．It's Saturday.
C．It's Sunday.
12．What does Grace want to give her mother?
A．A pair of gloves. B．A pair of trousers.
C．A pair of shoes.
听第二段对话，回答第 13～15 小题。
13．What did the girl do on New Year's Day?
A．She had a special meal together with her family.
B．She did some shopping with her parents.
C．She washed her clothes.
14．Who bought new clothes for the girl?
A．Her grandmother. B．Her mother.
C．Her aunt.
15．What's the boy's resolution?
A．He will work harder at school.
B．He will help his parents do housework.
C．He will read more books.
四、听短文，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．When is the Mid-Autumn Festival?
A．In March.
B．In September or October.
C．In December.
17．What is the moon like on that day?A．It is dark. B．It is colorful.
C．It is the biggest and brightest.
18．What do people do on that day?
A．They like to meet in the evening and watch the moon.
B．They chat with classmates in the afternoon.
C．They always eat dumplings and have a rest on that day.
19．Why is the Mid-Autumn Day important?
A．Because the moon is the biggest.
B．Because people have a day off.
C．Because it is a special occasion for the family.
20．Are there many kinds of mooncakes nowadays?
A．Yes, there is. B．No, there isn't.
C．Yes, there are.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．—Excuse me，could you please tell me if the meeting ________ on time?
—If it ________ tomorrow，we'll have to put it off.
A．will hold; snows B．will be held; snows
C．will be held; snow D．holds; will snow
22．—Our team has won the first prize in the soccer games.
—Congratulations! ________ team you are!
A．How great B．What a great
C．What great D．How a great
23．The WWF is working hard ________ the animals in danger.
A．save B．to save C．saves D．saved
24．—What's the most important morning news on CCTV today?
—The Chinese government warned Japan ________ do harm to China's territorial
sovereignty (领土主权) again and again.
A．to not B．didn't C．not to D．do not
25．Chang'e refused ________ the magic medicine to Pang Meng.A．to give B．gave C．giving D．give
26．We'll plant trees tomorrow, and I don't know ________ Tom will come and join us.
A．whether B．which C．what D．where
27． His opinions are similar ________ yours but different ________ Julia's.
A．to; from B．from; to
C．as; with D．with; as
28．Tom's grandfather ________ for 3 years, but he misses him very much.
A．died B．has died
C．has been dead D．has been died
29．His words remind me ________ we did together during the past holiday.
A．for that B．of that
C．for what D．of what
30． He ate a lot and did little exercise, so he ________ 10 pounds.
A．put on B．put away
C．put out D．put off
31．The thief ________ five hundred pounds from the old woman when she was shopping.
A．steals B．stole
C．has stolen D．was stealing
32．Not only ________ more correctly but he spoke more.
A．he speaks B．did he speak
C．does he speak D．he spoke
33．He promised ________ his daughter to Disneyland during the Golden Holidays.
A．take B．taking
C．took D．to take
34．When I ____ in bed, I heard a lot of noise. Some workers were ___ a new road.
A．lie; lying B．lay; laying
C．laid；lying D．laid; laying
35．—Could you please tell me ________？
—Certainly.
A．whether are his words believableB．if the air is badly polluted
C．when is the Dragon Boat Festival
D．what's the Chinese story Yu Gong Moves a Mountain about
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 200；建议用时：7 分钟)
People all over the world celebrate the New Year. However ， not all countries celebrate in the
________(36)way，and in some countries，the New Year doesn't begin on the same date every year. It can
________(37)the seasons，the moon or the sun.
In many countries，the New Year begins on January 1st，but people start celebrating ________ (38)
December 31st ， the New Year's Eve. In New York many people go to celebrate in Times
Square.________(39)they're waiting for the New Year，they listen to music，sing traditional songs and have
fun. Just before 12 o'clock，everyone counts down from 10: 10，9，8 ...________(40)it's 12 o'clock，everyone
shouts very ________(41)，“Happy New Year！”
New Year's Day is often a family day. Some families get together for a special meal. When the weather
is fine，many families go out for a ________(42)．
On New Year's Day，many people make ________(43)for the New Year. They write down a list of things，
such as“I will help out more at home. I will work ________(44)at school.”or “I won't ________(45)so much
time playing video games.” When they have made their list ， they read it to their family or friends and
promise to follow their resolutions.
36．A. different B．interesting
C．wonderful D．same
37．A. carry on B．depend on
C．call on D．move on
38．A.in B．about
C．on D．at
39．A.Until B．How
C．Where D．While
40．A.As soon as B．As big as
C．As if D．Even though
41．A.loudly B．quietly
C．sadly D．safely
42．A.walk B．secret
C．job D．treatment
43．A.decision B．plan C．resolutions D．business
44．A.easier B．harder
C．warmer D．heavier
45．A.take B．pay
C．cost D．spend
七、阅读理解(每小题 3 分，共 30 分)
A(词数：约 250；建议用时：7 分钟)
When the sun set and the blue sky came up ， my father and I used to climb the mountain near my
house.Walking together，my father and I used to have a lot of conversations through which I learned lessons
from his experiences.He always told me，“My son，you should have goals like climbing the mountain.”
Without the mountainclimbing that we both enjoyed ， we couldn't have enough time to spend together
because my father was very busy.I really got a lot from the mountainclimbing.It gave me time to talk with
my father and to be in deep thought as well as develop my patience(耐力)．
Once we climbed a very high mountain.It was so challenging for me because I was only ten years
old.During the first few hours of climbing，I enjoyed the flowers and trees，and the birds' singing. But as time
passed，I got a pain in both of my legs.I wanted to quit climbing，but my father said to me，“You can always
see a beautiful sky at the top of the mountain，but you can't see it before you reach the top.Only there can you
see all of the nice things，which is just like in life.”
At that time，I was too young to understand his words.But later after that，I got to know the meaning of
hope in life.I found myself standing at the top of the mountain and that the sky there was as clear as
crystal(水晶)．
46．The passage tells us that the mountain climbing was ____ for the father and the son.
A．hard B．enjoyable
C．painful D．comfortable
47．The word “quit” in the passage means “________”．
A．carry on B．put off
C．give up D．pick up
48．Which of the following is the closest in meaning to the father's words in the second paragraph?
A．You will get all you need at the top of the mountain.
B．The sky is always as clear as crystal.
C．You can find life is full of nice things.
D．Never give up halfway.
49．We can infer(推断) from the last paragraph that ________．
A．the writer was very successful in his life B．the writer didn't reach the top of the mountain
C．though the writer was young，he could understand his father
D．the writer used to stop halfway when he climbed the mountain
50．The best title for the passage is “________”．
A．Reaching the Top of the Mountain
B．Enjoy the Beautiful Views
C．Conversations Between Father and I
D．Father and I
B (词数：约 240；建议用时：6 分钟)
Close your eyes for a minute and imagine what life would be like if you couldn't see. Imagine having to
read this page, not with your eyes but with your fingers. How do you feel, then?
With medical knowledge and skills today, twothirds of the world's 42 million blind people should not
have to suffer. Unluckily, rich countries have this knowledge, but developing countries do not.
ORBIS is an international charitable (慈善的) organization. Its goal is to help fight blindness all over the
world. Inside a DC8 airplane, there is a teaching hospital with television room and classroom. Doctors are
taught the latest technology of helping the blind get sight again here. ORBIS is always trying to keep a closer
relation among countries.
ORBIS helps those developing countries by providing sightsaving training. It has taught over 35，000
doctors and nurses. They continue to treat thousands of blind people every year. They have traveled around
the earth 3 times, visited 76 countries and treated over 20，000 blind people. They need your help to continue
their work and free people from blindness.
For just $38, you can help one person see; for $380, 10 people can see; $1，300 helps train a doctor new
skills; and for $13，000, you can provide a training program for a group of doctors who can make thousands
of blind people see again. Your love can help them open their eyes to the world.
51．How many blind people should not have to suffer with medical knowledge and skills
today?
A．14 million. B．42 million.
C．28 million. D．200 million.
52．A lot of blind people in the world have to suffer because ________.
A．ORBIS didn't do its best to offer help
B．there is no good medical knowledge and skills
C．some countries can't afford medical knowledge and skills
D．developing countries don't pay much attention to the blind53．According to this passage, ORBIS helps fight blindness by doing the following EXCEPT ________．
A．writing this kind of articles to ask for help
B．providing sightsaving training
C．treating thousands of blind people every year
D．trying to keep a close relation among countries
54．The last paragraph is mainly about ________．
A．how much a training program for a group of doctors costs
B．why ORBIS needs your help to continue their work
C．who can make thousands of blind people see again
D．what you can do to help blind people open their eyes
55．The writer writes this passage in order to ________．
A．introduce an international charitable organization
B．ask people to give the blind a hand
C．tell how you feel if you lose your eyes for a minute
D．explain why ORBIS helps fight blindness
八、词汇运用(每小题 1 分， 共 10 分)
(一)根据句意及汉语提示写单词。
56． Mr. Green often ________ (惩罚) his children by not letting them play games.
57．The ________(陌生人) asked me something about the local tradition.
58．Some Chinese teenagers are interested in having fun on ________(圣诞节)，but they
don't know what the spirit of it is.
59．Do you want to write a short ________(小说)by yourself?
60．Can you feel the ________ (温暖) of the sun?
(二)用所给词的适当形式填空。
61．The fire ________(spread) very quickly. When the firemen went there, the house had 、
been covered with fire.
62．I spent ten ________ (pound) on the book.
63．Your are so fat that you shouldn't eat so much ________(dessert) after dinner.
64．It is ________ (tradition) to eat mooncakes in China on MidAutumn Day.
65．Look at the boy. He ________ (tie) his father's tie.九、补全对话(有两项多余)(每小题 2 分， 共 10 分)
A：How will you spend your holiday?
B: ________________________ (66)
A：I hear there's going to be a basketball match this Sunday. Tom and I are going to watch
it.________________________(67)
B：Of course. Basketball is my favorite, but I have no ticket for the match. What a pity!
A：You're lucky. I have some free tickets. ________________________(68)
B：Great! ______________________(69)
A：Let's meet at the bus stop at half past five.
B：I think there must be a big crowd of people there.______________________(70)
A：OK. See you at five o'clock.
B：See you.
A．What about making it a little earlier?
B．I have no idea.
C．Let's share them together.
D．Thank you all the same.
E．Do you want to watch it?
F．When and where shall we meet?
G．It doesn't matter.
十、根据首字母提示补全短文(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 180；建议用时：5 分钟)
Halloween is a strange holiday.It started several centuries ago in E________(71). It began as “Hallow
Evening”，which meant “holy night”．At that time November 1st was called “All Saints' Day” and people
honored all the saints w________(72)did not have their own special day.People b________(73)that all the
spirits of dead people were active on the night of October 31st.So people would play all kinds of
t________(74)on each other.
Black is one of the traditional Halloween colors ， p________(75)because Halloween festivals and
traditions took place at night.Pumpkins are a s________(76)of Halloween，so orange has become the other
traditional Halloween color.Making l________(77)out of pumpkins is a Halloween custom.
Halloween is great fun for children.They dress up as g________(78)and witches(女巫)．Small children go
trickortreating.They wear costumes ， knock on doors ， and shout ， “Trick or treat ！ ”People
a________(79)always choose to give them candies as a treat，instead of c________(80)to receive a trick from
the children.Adults sometimes “trick or treat” their friends，too.Usually the“treat” is a glass of wine or some
small gifts.十一、书面表达(15 分)
你的英国笔友 Tom 想要了解你最喜爱的中国节日，请你以 Jerry 的身份写一封回信，向他介绍中
国的一个传统节日——中秋节。词数 70 以上。
参考词汇：Chinese lunar year 阴历
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Unit 2 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.What do people like eating to celebrate MidAutumn Festival?
2．What do you like about the Dragon Boat Festival?
3．Where is Halloween popular?
4．When is Mother's Day?
5．How do you prepare for Christmas?
二、6.W：We're going to Yunnan.
M：Sounds great. This is the time of the Water Festival.
7．W：Where are you going to spend Christmas?
M：We used to spend it with our grandparents in England, but this year we're going to Hong Kong.
8．W：Can I help you?
M：Yes, please. I want a sweater.
9．W：What bad weather!
M：It has been raining these days. I really miss the sunshine.
10．W：If I were you, I'd like to take the bus to work. Driving in the rushhour traffic is terrible.M：But by the time the bus gets to my stop, there aren't any seats left.
三、Text 1
W：Hi，Jack. Tomorrow is Mother's Day. What would you like to give your mother?
M：I want to buy a cap for her. What about you，Grace?
W：I want to buy a pair of shoes for my mother.
M：Good. Would you like to go shopping with me now?
W：Sure. Let's go.
Text 2
M：Yesterday was New Year's Day. Did you have a good time?
W：Yes, I did. We got together for a special family meal.
M：Did you wear new clothes?
W：Yes，I did. My mother bought new clothes for me.
M：What else did you do?
W：We made resolutions for the new year.
M：Can you tell me about your resolution?
W：Of course. I will work harder at school. What's your resolution?
M：I will help my parents do housework.
四、Every year in September or October, the MidAutumn Festival is celebrated by Chinese people all over
the world.On this day, the moon is said to be the biggest and brightest.People like to meet in the evening and
watch the moon.The MidAutumn Festival is important because it is a special occasion for the family.It is
also a day for special foods like mooncakes.There are all kinds of mooncakes.Traditional mooncakes are
usually made with bean paste, but nowadays, there are many different kinds of mooncakes including fruit,
coffee, chocolate and even ice cream mooncakes.
听力答案：
一、1～5：ABABC
二、6～10：CCBAB
三、11～15：BCABB
四、16～20：BCACC
笔试部分
五、21.B 点拨：在问句中 if 表示“是否”，引导宾语从句，而 the meeting 和 hold 是被动关系，故应该使
用一般将来时的被动语态。在答句中 if 表示“如果”，引导条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，从句常用一般现在时表将来，故选 B。
22．B 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。中心词 team 是可数名词单数，所以用 What 引导感叹句。故选 B。
23．B 点拨：考查非谓语动词。努力工作的目的是拯救濒危动物，不定式作目的状语。故选 B。
24．C 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。warn sb. not to do sth. 警告某人不要做某事，故选 C。 25.A
26.A
27．A 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。be similar to 和……相似，be different from 和……不同。故选 A。
28．C 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据 for 3 years 可知应该用现在完成时，先排除 A；die 是非延续
性动词，在肯定句中不能与表示一段时间的状语连用，应转换成与之对应的延续性动词或表状态的词。
故选 C。
29．D 点拨：remind sb. of sth.使某人想起某事；既引导宾语从句又在从句中充当宾语，要用 what。
30．A 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。put on 增加(体重等)；put away 把……收好；put out 扑灭；put off
推迟。根据句意可知选 A。 31.B
32．B 点拨：not only 置于句首，句子用倒装语序，又由 spoke 推断要用一般过去时。
33．D 点拨：本题用词语运用法解题。promise to do sth.承诺做某事。
34．B 点拨：lie 平躺，lay 意为“铺，铺设”。由 heard 可知前半句要用一般过去时，lie 的过去式是 lay；
由 were 可知第二句要用过去进行时，lay 的现在分词是 laying。
35．B 点拨：本题考查宾语从句的用法。宾语从句的语序必须是陈述语序，故只有 B 正确。
六、36.D 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解题。根据前后的描述可知“人们都庆祝新年，但是方式却不一样”，
故选 D。
37．B 点拨：本题用词语辨析法解题。carry on 继续；depend on 依靠，取决于；call on 号召；move on 继
续前进。 分析句子的意思可知，只有 B 最符合。
38．C 点拨：on 后接具体的某一天。
39．D 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。分析句子的成分可知，前半部分应该是时间状语从句，而 while
后常用进行时态，故选 D。
40．A 点拨：本题用词语辨析法解题。as big as 和……一样大；as soon as 一……就……；as if 似乎，好
像；even though 即使，相当于 even if。分析题意可知，只有 A 符合题意。 41.A
42．A 点拨：本题用词语辨析法解题。walk 散步；secret 秘密；job 工作；treatment 对待。故选 A。
43．C 点拨：本题用词语辨析法解题。decision 决定；plan 计划；resolution 决心；business 生意。根据题
意可知，最佳答案为 C。
44．B 点拨：本题用词语运用法解题。work hard 努力工作或学习。
45．D 点拨：本题用词语辨析法解题。四个单词都有“花费”的意思，但是用法不同。表示“某人花费多长
时间做某事”，可以用 It takes sb. some time to do sth.或 sb. spend(s) time doing sth.；表示“花费金钱做某
事”，可以用 sb. spend(s) money on sth.；而 cost 常用物作主语，sth. cost(s) money；pay for 为固定搭配。
根据下文中的“playing”可知，应该选择 D。七、A 46.B 点拨：由第一段中．..mountainclimbing that we both enjoyed...可知，作者和父亲都很喜欢
登山。
47．C 点拨：根据上下文可知，小作者登山一段时间后，腿痛，想放弃登山，所以选 C。
48．D 点拨：根据短文中父亲的话可知，只有到达山顶，才能看到最美的景色，由此可以确定选 D。
49．A 点拨：根据最后一段的内容可以推断出作者成功地登上了山顶，暗喻他在人生路上也是成功的，
所以选 A。
50．A 点拨：根据短文内容可以确定文章的中心是作者从登山中得到人生的启示，故选 A。
B 51.C 点拨：数字计算题。根据短文第二段中 twothirds of the world's 42 million blind people should not
have to suffer 可知选 C。
52．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第二段最后一句可知选 C。
53．A 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第三段中 Doctors are taught... of helping the blind get sight again here.
ORBIS is always trying to keep a closer relation among countries. 及 第 四 段 中 They continue to treat
thousands of blind people every year.可知选 A。
54．D 点拨：主旨大意题。根据最后一段的内容和主题句 Your love can help them open their eyes to the
world.可知选 D。
55．B 点拨：写作意图题。通读全文可知，作者通过介绍 ORBIS 组织为世界各地的盲人所提供的帮助以
号召大家帮助盲人。故选 B。
八、(一)56.punishes 57.stranger 58.Christmas
59．novel 60.warmth
(二)61.spread 62.pounds 63.dessert
64．traditional 65.is tying
九、66～70: BECFA
十、71.Europe 点拨：本题用常识法解题。万圣节始于欧洲。
72．who 点拨：本题用分析句子结构法解题。分析句子的结构可知，saints 在从句中作主语，故用关系代
词 who。
73．believed 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解题。根据下文中提到的“So people would play all kinds of...”可
知，人们应该是“相信”死去的人的鬼魂会在那天晚上出来活动。
74．tricks 点拨：本题用常识法解题。trick 花招；把戏。
75．probably 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解题。对于这件事，没有确切的史料记载，只能是对过去的
一种猜测。
76．symbol 点拨：本题用常识法解题。南瓜灯是万圣节前夕必不可少的装饰物。
77．lanterns 78.ghosts 79.almost
80．choosing 点拨：本题用联系上下文法和词语运用法解题。本句中前半部分提到“大多数情况下人们对
‘trick or treat’会‘选择’糖果作为招待”，因此此空也应用 choose，而 of 是介词，故用 choosing。十一、范文：
Dear Tom，
Thanks for your email. I like MidAutumn Day best① of all the traditional Chinese festivals. We always
celebrate MidAutumn Day on August 15 according to Chinese lunar year. People try to get back home from other
places on that day. We usually have a big family dinner at night and enjoy the beautiful moon together. And we
all eat a kind of food—mooncakes.
It's my favorite festival because I like staying with my family and that can make__me__feel__relaxed②.
Yours，
Jerry
名师点评：
◆本文采用“总分总”的写作方法，介绍了中秋节的基本情况。先介绍自己最喜欢的节日是中秋节，然后介
绍中秋节那天人们的活动，最后介绍自己的感受。
◆本文的添彩点：
①like...best “最喜欢……”，阐述了作者的观点。
②make sb. do “使某人……”，为“动词＋宾语＋宾语补足语”结构，运用恰当。
Unit 3 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选出与所听句子内容相符的图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1. A B C
2. A B C3. A B C
4. A B C
5. A B C
二、听小对话和问题，选出正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．A.Cleaning the floor. B．Washing the clothes.
C．Reading the book.
7．A.On Sixth Street. B．On Fifth Street.
C．On Seventh Street.
8．A.Go to a special mall.
B．Buy a present for his mother.
C．Go to school.
9．A.Go back to get his umbrella.
B．Leave without his umbrella.
C．Buy a new umbrella.
10．A.By bus. B．On foot. C．By car.
三、听下面两段长对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答第 11～12 小题。
11．Where does the conversation probably happen?
A．In a factory. B．In a supermarket.
C．In a park.12．Which floor is the restroom on?
A．The first floor. B．The second floor.
C．The third floor.
听第二段对话，回答第 13～15 小题。
13．What are they discussing?
A．A training program. B．A train timetable.
C．Where to stay in New York.
14．When does the conversation probably happen?
A．On Sunday. B．On MidAutumn Day.
C．On Friday.
15．How long does it take the man to travel to New York by train?
A．Two hours and twelve minutes.
B．One hour and fiftyseven minutes.
C．Four hours and nine minutes.
四、听短文及问题，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．A.In Yueyang. B．In Xiangtan.
C．In Changsha.
17．A.On foot. B．By bus. C．By bike.
18．A.At 5：30. B．At 6：30. C．At 7：30.
19．A.Li Ming. B．Li Ming's mother.
C．Li Ming's aunt.
20．A.Only one. B．Two. C．Three.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．—John didn't stop looking for a job ________ he got an offer from a German company.
—Lucky him. It's not easy for university graduates to get a good job now.
A．until B．since C．as D．if
22．________ is the girl ________ our English teacher?
A．Who; beside B．Whom; besides
C．Where; beside D．Where; besides23．He has a collection of ________. He can not only enjoy them but also use them to mail letters.
A．stamps B．novels
C．instruments D．magazines
24．—Could you tell me where the supermarket is?
—Sure.The supermarket is ________ the bookstore ________ the post office.You can find it easily.
A．between；and B．both；and
C．either；or D．neither；nor
25．Just go straight and then turn ________. The hotel is ________．
A．left; left B．left; on the left
C．on the left; left D．on the left; to the left
26．Could you please tell me where ________ the post office?
A．to find B．can I find
C．finding D．find
27．I have to say it is not ________ for me to see you now，because I am very busy with my work.
A．impolite B．safe
C．inexpensive D．convenient
28．—Could you please tell me ________？
—Yes. There is one on Center Street.
A．where can I buy some stamps
B．when you will take your vacation
C．when was the telephone invented
D．if there are any good restaurants around here
29．—What's your best choice for supper?
—Well，I ________ dumplings.They are very delicious.
A．speak B．say C．mean D．suggest
30．—Will you carry the box for me, please?
—Sure, ________．
A．no good B．no problem C．no idea D．no way
31． It's necessary for us ________ English well.
A．to learn B．learning C．learn D．learns32． There ________ a speech contest next Monday.
A．will have B．are C．will be
33．This question sounds ________ than that one.
A．many more polite B．much more polite
C．many more politely D．much more politely
34．—________. Is this your book?
—Yes, it is. Thank you!
A．Sorry B．Hello C．Excuse me
35．—Could you please tell me ________？
—About twenty minutes ago.
A．when did you see this kid
B．where did you see this kid
C．when you saw this kid
D．where you saw this kid
六、完形填空 (每小题 1 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 230；建议用时：8 分钟)
Once there was a little girl living in a small, poor house on a hill. As she grew up, she began to play in
her small ________(36). She was able to see over the garden and across the valley a wonderful house high on
the hill—and that house had ________(37) windows.
Although she loved her family, she ________(38)about how wonderful and exciting it must be to live in
that golden house all day.
Then she ________(39) the age when she could play outside of her garden fence(篱笆). She asked her
mother ________(40)she could go for a bike ride outside the gate. Her mother thought for a while and
________(41) allowed her to go. The little girl rode her bike ________(42) she got to the gate of the golden
house.
As she leaned(倚靠)her bike ________ (43)the gatepost, she focused on the path that ________(44)to the
house and then on the house ________(45) ...and was so ________(46). All the windows were plain( 普 通
的)and rather dirty.
She was so sad that she didn't go any further. Heartbroken, she rode her bike back. As she ________(47),
she saw a sight that amazed her. There ________(48)the valley on the other side was a little house. Its
windows glistened(闪耀)golden, as the ________(49)shone on her little home.
She ________(50)that she had been living in her golden house all along. Everything she dreamed of was
right there in front of her eyes and in her daily life!
36．A.hill B．garden C．house D．room
37．A.broken B．wooden C．golden D．modern38．A.wanted B．dreamed C．hoped D．wished
39．A.reached B．arrived C．touched D．grew
40．A.that B．even if C．as if D．if
41．A.firstly B．friendly C．fully D．finally
42．A.unless B．until C．since D．though
43．A.against B．away C．off D．next
44．A.showed B．arrived C．took D．led
45．A.oneself B．itself C．herself D．himself
46．A.satisfied B．pleased C．disappointed D．excited
47．A.looked in B．looked up C．looked at D．looked down
48．A.through B．toward C．across D．around
49．A.stars B．planets C．sun D．moon
50．A.required B．replied C．regretted D．realized
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 40；建议用时：3 分钟)
51．The material above has something to do with ________．
A．phone books B．a website
C．Oxford University D．newspapers
52．How many requirements (条件) are needed for getting the job?
A．2 B．3 C．4 D．5
53．This advertisement is probably given by ________.
A．a bicycle company B．newspaper owners
C．Oxford Distribution D．the local government54．If we do the job, ________．
A．we can win free bicycles
B．we can design paper rounds
C．we will pay extra money
D．we will wear free uniforms
55．How can we get more information?
A．By sending an email.
B．By going around all areas.
C．By calling 01852 476666.
D．By asking a 13yearold child.
B(词数：约 200；建议用时：6 分钟)
Dear Dr Manners，
My close friend seldom says “please”．She will say “Can you get me that bag？”or “Move it over
there ！ ”I have told her a lot of times that it is polite to use “please”and “thank you” ， but she hardly
remembers.I feel that she is ordering me around without “please”，and I always get angry.
We have been close friends for over 10 years. It seems that I can't stand it any more.What should I do?
Can you help me?
Sincerely，
Hawkins
Dear Ms Hawkins，
When your friend does not use polite words，it seems that she is ordering you to do something.So you
have right(权力)to hate her behavior.
Ask her why she doesn't use “please”or “thank you” ． Explain to her that it makes you feel
uncomfortable.Also，you don't need to do anything for her because she doesn't seem kind or pleasant when
she asks you to.
Maybe your friend was not taught how to use “please”or “thank you” in the normal conversation.So you
can try to teach her that.Remember it is difficult to find another close friend if you lose one.
Best regards，
Dr Manners
根据短文内容判断正(T)误(F)。
56．Ms Hawkins doesn't know how to use “please”and “thank you”．
57．Ms Hawkins got to know her friend more than ten years ago.58．Dr Manners thinks Ms Hawkins has right to hate her friend's behavior.
59．Maybe Ms Hawkins's friend doesn't know the right way of talking in the normal conversation.
60．Dr Manners advises Ms Hawkins to break up(绝交) with her friend.
C (词数：约 240；建议用时：6 分钟)
In northern Scotland there is a long, deep lake called Loch Ness. More than 200 meters deep, it is the
largest lake in the UK. People say a big monster(怪兽) lives in its dark, cold waters. It weighs more than 1，
000 kilos and is at least ten meters long. Some people say it has a head like a horse. Others say it looks like a
snake. Many people travel to Loch Ness to look for this strange monster, but only a few people have seen it.
At least, they say they have seen it.
The Loch Ness Monster is a famous legend(传说). The first story about a monster in Loch Ness was told
over 500 years ago, but the legend of the monster spread widely only in the twentieth century. In 1933, a
husband and wife reported that they saw a big monster in the middle of the lake. Since then, a number of
people have said that they have seen a monster in Loch Ness. Several people have taken photos, but at least
one of them was a hoax(骗局). During the 1960s, a team was formed to look for the monster. They took
many photos and made movies, but they were never able to find a monster.
There is no real fact that a monster lives in Loch Ness, but there is also no fact that one doesn't live. One
thing is true about Loch Ness: there are a lot of tourists there.
61．In northern ________ there is a long, deep lake called Loch Ness.
A．Scotland B．Hong Kong
C．Rome D．Paris
62．What do people say about the monster in Loch Ness?
A．It weighs about 100 kilos.
B．It is one meter long.
C．It has a tail like a horse.
D．It looks like a snake.
63．When was the first story about the monster told?
A．200 years ago. B．Over 500 years ago.
C．In 1933. D．In 1960.
64．Why was a team formed during the 1960s?
A．To kill the monster.
B．To look for the monster.
C．To catch the monster.
D．To sell the monster.65．What is the passage mainly about?
A．People that saw a monster.
B．A trip to Loch Ness.
C．A legend about a monster.
D．A team that took photos.
八、词汇运用(共 15 分)
(一)根据首字母或汉语提示补全单词。(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
66．His d__________ request made the girl very embarrassed.
67．My good friend sent me a p________ as New Year's present.
68．He is an i________ boy. He always talks with his mouth full.
69．Shanghai is in the e________ of China.
70．More than 100 years ago，the first ________(地铁) in London was built.
(二)根据汉语意思完成句子。(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
71．请问你可以告诉我怎样去书店吗？
Could you please tell me ________ ________ ________ ________ the bookstore?
72．昨天晚上她直到她的妈妈回来才睡觉。
She _______ _______ ________ ________ ________ her mother came back last night.
73．放学后你想和我打羽毛球吗？
________ ________ ________ ________ play badminton with me after school?
74．我们有礼貌地请求帮助是很重要的。
________ very ________ for us ________ ________ ________ help in a polite way.
75．打扰一下，你知道附近是否有好玩的地方吗？
________ ________， do you know if there is a good place ________ ________ ________ nearby?
九、选词填空(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 210；建议用时：7 分钟)
Small talk is a light conversation for social occasions (社交场合)．________(76)it usually doesn't have a
lot of details (细节)，it is the starting point for friendships.
Children can use small talk to start a conversation in many different ________(77) .
play，although，you，ask，nervous，other，
help，way，strict，break ________(78)open questions is one of the most useful ways.For example，you are at someone's birthday
party，but you know few people.How do you ________ (79)the ice? You can start a conversation like this，
“This is a great party.How do you know the host？”This way is also ________(80) in many other situations，
such as school clubs or picnics.
Sometimes，a simple introduction works. For example，when going into a new environment，you can
introduce ________(81)by saying“I am in Class 2. My math teacher is Mr.Black.”The other person may say，
“Oh，really? He is also my math teacher.He is very ________(82)．..”See? A good conversation begins.
The third way is to find your strong point and sell it to ________(83)．This is useful when you want to join
a group.For example，you see boys ________(84) soccer on the school playground.Just say“Do you need more
players? I am a very good goalkeeper (守门员)．”
So next time，don't be ________(85) when meeting strangers.Just try small talk.A stranger may become
your next friend.
十、书面表达(15 分)
假设你是 Lucy，国庆节期间你将和父母去某城市旅游。你从网上获得了 Sunshine Hotel 的部分信
息。请你写一封电子邮件给该宾馆的经理，介绍你的行程并咨询相关细节。
要求： 80 词左右，开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Sir，
My family are planning a holiday to your city. I got some information about your hotel, but I still have
some questions to ask. Would you be kind enough to reply to my email ？
________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Yours，
Lucy
Unit 3 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.I live right next to a supermarket. It's very convenient.
2．Could you please tell me how to get to the post office?
3．Do you know if there are any public restrooms around here?
4．You can use the lift to go up and down.
5．Excuse me, which is the way to the clothes store?
二、6.M: Where's Jane? Is she in the classroom?
W：No, she's in her own room. M：What's she doing?
W：Cleaning the floor.
Q：What's Jane doing?
7．M：Excuse me，can you tell me where I can find a bookstore in this town? I am a stranger here.
W：Sure.There's a bookstore named Fancy on Seventh Street.
Q：Where's the bookstore?
8．W：What's wrong with you, Bob? You look very worried.
M：Well, Mother's Day is coming.I'd like to get a special present for my mother.But I can't find one.
W：I know a mall on Main Street where you can buy special things.
Q：What would Bob like to do?
9．M：I left my umbrella in my room, Mary.Wait while I go back to get it.
W：You needn't do that.The weather report said it would clear up by noon.
Q：What will the man probably do?
10．W：I can't find the No.7 bus stop.I'd like to go to the Science Museum.
M：Well, you just go straight and turn left at the second crossing.You can find it on your left.
Q：How will the woman get to the Science Museum?
三、Text 1
M：Excuse me，I wonder where I can get a toy.
W：Go to the second floor and then turn left.
M：Is it just there?
W：No. There，you can see a bookstore. Go past it，and you will see a toy store.
M：Thanks. Could you tell me where the restroom is?
W：Pardon?
M：I wonder where I can find a toilet.
W：Go to the third floor and then turn right.
Text 2
M：Excuse me, madam. I can't read this timetable. When does Train 216 leave?
W：It leaves at 4：13pm.
M：What time does it arrive in New York?
W：Wait a moment. Let me see. It arrives in New York at 6：25pm.M：Okay. I can read this. It's easier than I thought. One more thing — I'll come back on Sunday. Should I
use the same timetable?
W：No. On the next page, there are timetables for weekends and holidays.
M：Great! Thanks for your help.
W：You're welcome. Have a good trip.
四、One day, Li Ming's mother asked him to visit his aunt in Changsha.His mother said，“Telephone the bus
station and find out when the bus leaves.”Li Ming telephoned the bus station.He asked，“Could you please tell
me when the bus leaves for Changsha tomorrow？” The man answered，“The first bus leaves at 6：30 in the
morning.There is a bus every hour after that.”
The next morning Li Ming got to the bus station at 8：15.He waited and waited, but the bus to Changsha
didn't come.At 9：40 two buses to Changsha came together.One was seventy minutes late.The other was ten
minutes late.
Questions：16.Where does Li Ming's aunt live?
17．How did Li Ming go to his aunt's home?
18．What time does the first bus leave?
19．Who telephoned the bus station?
20．How many buses to Changsha came together?
听力答案：
一、1～5：BAACC
二、6～10：ACBBA
三、11～15：BCBCA
四、16～20：CBBAB
笔试部分
五、21.A 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。not...until 意为“直到……才”。故选 A。
22．A 点拨：beside 在……旁边； besides 除……以外(还)。由语境可知是问在老师旁边的女孩是谁，
所以选 A。
23．A 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。stamp 邮票；novel 小说；instrument 乐器；magazine 杂志。
根据句意可知选 A。
24．A 点拨：此题用短语辨析法解题。between...and...“在……和……之间”，both...and...“两者
都……”，either...or...“或者……或者……”，neither...nor...“既不……也不……”。由问句可知选 A。
25．B 点拨：turn left 向左拐；on the left 在左边。
26．A
27．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。impolite 不礼貌的；safe 安全的；inexpensive 不昂贵的；convenient方便的。分析题干的意思可知，只有 D 最恰当。
28．D 29.D
30．B 点拨：本题考查情景交际。no good 很糟，没有用；no problem 没问题；no idea 不知道；no way
决不。根据题意可知，答话人很乐意帮对方搬箱子。故选 B。
31．A 点拨：本题用固定句式法解题。 It is＋adj.＋for sb.＋to do sth. 意为“对某人来说做某事
是……”。其中 it 用作形式主语，真正主语是后面的不定式短语。故选 A。
32．C 点拨：本题用固定句式法解题。由时间状语 next Monday 可知用一般将来时；there be 句型不
与 have/has 连用。故选 C。
33．B 点拨：sound 是系动词，后跟形容词作表语；因为有 than，所以要用形容词的比较级，polite
的比较级为 more polite；much 可以修饰比较级，故选 B。
34．C 点拨：本题考查情景交际。 sorry 对不起；hello 喂；excuse me 劳驾。事情发生之前，用 Excuse
me。故选 C。
35．C 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。根据答语 About twenty minutes ago.可知问句应询问时间，排
除 B 和 D；宾语从句用陈述句语序，A 是疑问句语序，应排除。故选 C。
六、36.B 点拨：由下句“She was able to see over the garden”可知：她开始在她的小花园里面玩。garden
意为“花园”。故选 B。
37．C 点拨：由下文“to live in that golden house all day”可知此处用 golden，意为“金色的”。故选 C。
38．B 点拨：此处题干处只有 dream 可以和 about 搭配，dream about 意为“梦想”。故选 B。
39．A 点拨：动词 reach 意为“到达”，符合句意；arrive 是不及物动词，touch 意为“触摸”，grow 意
为“成长”。故选 A。
40．D 点拨：句意：她问妈妈她是否能骑车到门外去。if 意为“是否”，符合句意。故选 D。
41．D 点拨：firstly 首先；friendly 友好的；fully 充分地；finally 最后。根据句意可知选 D。
42．B 点拨：unless 除非；until 直到……为止；since 自从；though 虽然。根据句意可知选 B。
43．A 点拨：against 靠着， 倚；away 离去；off 离开；next 下一个。根据句意可知选 A。
44．D 点拨：“the path that led to the house”意为“通往那所房子的路”，lead to 有“通往……”的意思。
故选 D。
45．B 点拨：此处指代的是 the house，用 itself。故选 B。
46．C 点拨：由下句“所有的窗户都很普通、很脏”可推出此处表达的是“失望的”，用 disappointed。
故选 C。
47．B 点拨：此处表达的是“她抬头看”，用 look up。故选 B。
48．C 点拨：由前文出现“across the valley”可知此处用 across，意为“穿过山谷”。故选 C。
49．C 点拨：根据上下文可知，此处句意为“随着太阳照在她的小房子上”，和 shone 搭配使用的只能
是 the sun。故选 C。
50．D 点拨：require 需要；reply 回复；regret 遗憾；realize 意识到。本句句意：她意识到她一直住在金色的房子里面。故选 D。
七、A 51.D 点拨：细节理解题。由“We currently have paper rounds available in all areas”可知，本篇
材料与报纸有关。paper rounds 意为“送报路线”。故选 D。
52．B 点拨：细节理解题。由“HARDWORKING，DEPENDABLE & AGED 13＋YEARS？”可知，招
聘条件有三个，即勤奋、可靠、年龄在 13 岁以上。故选 B。
53．C 点拨：推理判断题。由“enquiries@oxforddistributionbusiness.co.uk”及右下角落款可知，广告可
能是 Oxford Distribution 发出的。故选 C。
54．D 点拨：细节理解题。由“Free bicycle”和“Free uniform”可知，如果我们做这份工作，我们会获
得免费自行车和工作服。故选 D。
55．A 点拨：细节理解题。由“CALL 01582 476666 Or email”可知，可以通过致电 01582 476666 或发
送电子邮件获得更多的信息。故选 A。
B 56.F 点拨：此题考查语篇分析及理解能力。通读两封信可知应是 Ms Hawkins 的朋友不知道怎么
用“please”和“thank you”。
57．T 点拨：细节理解题。由第一封信第二段第一句可知。
58．T 点拨：细节理解题。由第二封信第一段第二句可知。
59．T 点拨：细节理解题。由第二封信第三段第一句可知。
60．F 点拨：细节理解题。由第二封信最后一句可知。
C 61.A 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第一句“In northern Scotland there is a long, deep lake called Loch
Ness.”可知选 A。
62．D 点拨：细节理解题。根据第一段“Others say it looks like a snake.”可知选 D。
63．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据第二段第二句“The first story about a monster in Loch Ness was told over
500 years ago...”可知答案为 B。
64．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据第二段倒数第二句“During the 1960s，a team was formed to look for the
monster.”可知他们是来找怪兽的，故选 B。
65．C 点拨：主旨大意题。文章的中心词为 the Loch Ness Monster，再结合文章主体段的传说，可以
判断答案为 C。
八、(一)66.direct 67.postcard 68.impolite
69．east 70.underground
(二)71.how to get to 72.didn't go to bed until
73．Would you like to 74.It's；important; to ask for
75．Excuse me；to have fun
九、76.Although 点拨：本题用逻辑推理法解题。分析前后句的关系可知，用 although。
77．ways 点拨：本题用联系上下文法来解题。根据第三段第一句的提示可知。in many different ways
以很多不同的方式。78．Asking 点拨：本题用语法分析法解题。根据 questions 可知应该用动词 ask，且应用 ask 的动名
词形式。
79．break 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解题。下文中提到开始交流，break the ice 破冰，寓意为“打破
尴尬，开始交流”。
80．helpful 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法来解题。根据上文中提到帮助开始交流的方法，可知用helpful。
81．yourself 点拨：本题用联系上下文法来解题。根据下句的“I am in Class 2.”可以判断是在介绍自
己。
82．strict 83.others
84．playing 点拨：本题用词语运用法解题。see sb. doing sth./do sth.看见某人正在做某事/做某事。根
据下文可知应填 playing。
85．nervous 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解题。根据下文中提到的 strangers, try 等词的提示可知，
应该用 nervous。
十、范文：
Dear Sir，
My family are planning a holiday to your city. I got some information about your hotel, but I still have
some questions to ask. Would you be kind enough to reply to my email? We are arriving in your city on
October 1st. And we plan to stay in your hotel for 5 days. Could__you__please① tell me how far your hotel
is from the airport? And we'd__like__to__know__how__we__can① get to your hotel. Also② ，
we__wonder__whether__you① offer free breakfast. Last__but__not__least② ， would you mind telling us
whether there is free Internet?
Thanks for your time. I'm looking forward to your reply.
Yours，
Lucy
名师点评：
◆本题很好地运用了“三步一注意法”询问一些信息。将所要了解的内容充分恰当地进行了咨询。
◆本文的添彩点：
①几个有礼貌的请求交替使用，避免重复。
②通过 Also，Last but not least 等，使语句连贯，条理清晰。
Unit 4 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总 分
得 分听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选出与所听句子内容相符的图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
A B C
D E
________(1) ________(2) ________(3)
________(4) ________(5)
二、听小对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．What did the boy's mother use to be like?
A．She was thin. B．She was tall. C．She had long hair.
7．What did Bill use to look like?
A．He was fat. B．He used to be short. C．He wasn't short.
8．Is the boy still afraid of snakes?
A．Yes, he is. B．Yes, he did. C．No, he isn't.
9．What team did Steve use to be on?
A．The swimming team. B．The soccer team. C．The tennis team.
10．How did Bob use to go to school?
A．Walk. B．Ride a bike. C．Take a bus.
三、听长对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答第 11～12 小题。
11．What color is Tina's hair now?
A．Black. B．Red. C．Yellow.12．What did Bob use to be like?
A．Thin. B．Strong. C．Fat.
听第二段对话，回答第 13～15 小题。
13．How long haven't they seen each other?
A．For 2 years. B．For 4 years. C．Since 2 weeks ago.
14．What did the man use to wear?
A．Suits. B．Tshirts. C．Jeans.
15．Where does the man work now?
A．In a school. B．In a bank. C．In a company.
四、听短文，回答问题(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．How many students were there in the speaker's class?
A．50. B．55. C．65.
17．What did Lily use to be like?
A．Outgoing. B．Honest. C．Shy.
18．What color is Alfred's hair now?
A．Red. B．Colorful. C．Black.
19．What did the speaker use to do after school?
A．He used to draw pictures.
B．He used to play basketball.
C．He used to play volleyball.
20．How often does the speaker play football?
A．Twice a month. B．Twice a week.
C．Once a month.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．His mother ________ quarrel with his father，but now they get along well with each other because of him.
A．was used to B．used to
C．got used to D．was used for
22．What I experienced in the poor mountain villages ______ my life and decision about future.
A．caused B．influencedC．appeared D．fought
23．Mr Green used to live in Beijing with his daughter, ________？
A．did he B．didn't he
C．did she D．didn't she
24. I saw some boy students ________ basketball when I passed the playground.
A．played B．plays C．playing D．to play
25．—Has Mike received his mother's mail?
—Yes, he signed for it ________ this morning.
A．in person B．in fact C．in silence
26．—Peter, you got to school by taxi?
—Oh, I ________ take a taxi to school, but my bike needs repairing today.
A．usually B．sometimes
C．never D．seldom
27．—Do you still remember that accident, Dean?
—Of course. I never forget it ________ it happened many years ago.
A．unless B．ever since
C．only when D．even though
28．The girl has walked to school since she was 7 years old. Now she ________ going to school on foot.
A．used to B．was used to
C．is used to D．is used for
29．My friend Lily is such a ________ girl that everyone in our class likes her very much.
A．proud B．nervous
C．absent D．humorous
30．—________ my surprise, Jin Ming was chosen into our school football team.
—Congratulations. He did well ________ playing football when he was very young. I hope he'll be the
best player in our school.
A．To; of B．At; at
C．To; in D．In; about
31． We advise parents ________ their children at home alone in order to keep them away from danger.
A．not leave B．not to leaveC．leave D．to leave
32． Jenny's uncle is a scientist. She is proud ________ him.
A．from B．at C．in D．of
33．—________ you ________ take a bus to school?
—Yes. But now I usually go to school on foot.
A．Did；use to B．Do；used to
C．Do；use to D．Did；used to
34．As a reporter, I want to ________ Ma Yun about how to become the richest man in China.
A．require B．repeat C．admire D．interview
35．—Li Ming won first prize in this chess competition.
—Really? His parents must ________ him.
A．look after B．wake up
C．be angry with D．take pride in
六、完形填空 (每小题 1.5 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 220；建议用时：7 分钟)
A teacher had been made very angry by some of his boys making a high sound during school hours. At
last he was forced to ________(36) any one who should repeat the wrong act. The next morning, a loud sound
was heard in the quiet room. The students were very much surprised, and the teacher at once looked around
to ________(37) the person who had made a high sound.
When a boy who was often in bad act, was told he was wrong, he ________(38) said he hadn't done it,
yet his words were not believed, and he was brought up for punishment. Seeing what was about to take place,
Charles, a little boy, got up suddenly from his ________(39). “Don't punish John, sir. I made the high sound.
I'm very sorry. I didn't mean to whistle.” He held out his hand to be punished. Taking the little boy's
________(40), the teacher said, “Charles, you have done right. I can't punish you after you ________(41) so
nobly.” Even the youngest child in the school felt ________(42)of Charles, for every child could see how
bravely he had acted.
Charles was truly a brave boy. He had done ________(43)he knew to be right. True courage may also be
shown by ________(44) to do that which we know to be wrong, ________(45)bad people may laugh at us.
36．A.punish B．praise C．fix D．hurt
37．A.hide B．discover C．pay D．wake
38．A.actively B．aloud
C．strongly D．softly
39．A.bag B．board C．desk D．seat
40．A.hair B．arm C．finger D．hand41．A.have given B．have run
C．have acted D．have fallen
42．A.afraid B．proud C．sure D．careful
43．A.what B．which C．who D．when
44．A.refusing B．continuing
C．dreaming D．wanting
45．A.but B．though C．after D．until
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 380；建议用时：8 分钟)
Decide to Do Well
Everybody makes decisions in daily life.They can be as important as what you will do in the future or as
simple as what you will eat for breakfast.Any decision could be the turning point of your life.
I made an important decision when I was in Junior 3.
Before I made that decision I was one of the boys who tried too hard to act as an adult.I didn't know that
only kids want to show themselves as adults.
I didn't listen to my parents and teachers ， and my grades became poor.Then came the high school
entrance exam.
At the turning point of my life，my mom wanted to have a conversation with me.I wanted to turn it
down but when I looked at her eyes，I felt I couldn't refuse.Instead of asking me to study hard，to my surprise，
Mom just asked what I wanted to do in the future.Without thinking too much，I just said I would like to study
hard.
Mom smiled and asked again：“I asked: what do you WANT to do？”
I never seriously thought about the question.So，I kept silent.
“Whether you want to go on studying or enter the society，”she went on，“it is your own decision.Your
life ought to be decided by you，not by anyone else，including me.”After saying that，she had tears in her eyes.
For the first time in my life I was asked to make my own decision.I sat in my chair and thought about
myself，my life and what kind of person I wanted to become.
It took me what seemed to be ages to make the biggest decision so far in my life—I wanted to be a man
who makes a difference in the world.To achieve that，I needed to study hard.
The path to my future became clear to me.I didn't act rebelliously(叛逆地) any more.With passion (激情)
in my heart，I studied hard.
Now，I'm 17 and I'm in one of the best schools in my city，in one of the best classes at the school and I
am one of the best students in the class.
Thanks to that decision，I have become what I am today.46．When did the writer make the important decision?
A．After he was 17 years old.
B．After he was in one of the best classes.
C．When he was a pupil.
D．When he was studying in Junior 3.
47．What was the writer like before the decision?
A．His grades became poor.
B．He tried too hard not to act as an adult.
C．He was one of the top students in his class.
D．He did what his teachers and his parents asked him to do.
48．How did the writer make the decision?
A．It was easy for him to make the decision.
B．It was his second time to make the decision.
C．He made the decision seriously.
D．It was his mother that made the decision for him.
49．Why did the writer make the decision?
A．Because his teacher talked with him patiently.
B．Because he didn't want to act rebelliously any more.
C．Because his mother asked him to study hard as usual.
D．Because his father asked him to think about his future by himself.
50．Which of the following is TRUE?
A．The writer made the decision that he should work hard.
B．It took the writer several years to make the decision.
C．After hearing his mother's words，the writer had tears in his eyes.
D．At the turning point of his life，the writer wanted to have a conversation with his mother.
B (词数：约 170；建议用时：5 分钟)
An eightyyearold couple were having trouble with their memories. One day, they decided to see a
doctor. The doctor told them that there was nothing serious, but he suggested that they should start writing
things down to help them remember things. The couple thanked the doctor and left.
Later that night while watching TV, the old man got up from his chair and his wife asked, “Where are
you going？”“To the kitchen.”
“Will you get me an ice cream？” asked the wife.
“Sure.”
Then his wife asked him to write it down.
“No, I can remember that，” replied the husband.
“Well, I also want some strawberries and cream on top. You'd better write it down, or you will forget
that，” said the wife.
“No, I can remember that，” the husband got a little unhappy and went into the kitchen.
After about 20 minutes, the husband returned with a plate of fish. The wife laughed, “Haha! Your bad
memory! I wanted some bread with cream.”
51．How old was the wife?
A．Eight. B．Eighteen.
C．Eighty. D．Eighties.
52．Why did the couple go to the doctor's?
A．Because they had a headache.
B．Because they had bad memories.
C．Because the doctor was their son.
D．Because the old man was ill.
53．What did the husband give to the wife?
A．An ice cream.
B．Some strawberries and cream.
C．Some bread with cream.
D．Some fish.
54．What did the wife really want?
A．Some bread with cream.
B．An ice cream with some strawberries and cream.
C．A plate of fish.
D．Some strawberries and cream.
55．Which sentence is right?
A．The couple often forgot some things.
B．Only the husband had a bad memory.C．The couple were ill.
D．The doctor also had a bad memory.
C (词数：约 280；建议用时：8 分钟)
There is little rain in deserts. Because deserts are so dry, they have no “quilt” to help stop the soil from
going away. As a result, they may get very hot during the day with the sun shining, but don't hold the heat
overnight. Many deserts can quickly get cold once the sun goes down. Some deserts can reach temperatures
of over 100 degrees F during the day and then drop below freezing (32 degrees F) during the night.
The largest hot and dry desert in the world is the Sahara Desert in Northern Africa. The Sahara is a
sandy desert with great sand hills. It covers over 3 million square miles of Africa. Other large deserts include
the Arabian Desert in the Middle East, the Gobi Desert in Northern China and Mongolia, and the Kalahari
Desert in Africa.
Animals that live in the desert are also used to needing little water. Many get all the water they need
from the food they eat. Other animals keep water that they can use later. The camel stores up fat in its hump
while other animals keep something they need in their tails.
Only certain types of plants can live in the terrible environment of the desert. You won't see a lot of tall
trees in the desert. Most plants have a way to keep water in their leaves or trunks so they can live a long time
without water.
Now deserts cover around 20% of the world's land, but they are growing. This is called desertification
and is caused by different reasons including human activities. The Sahara Desert is growing larger and larger
each year. What should we do with it?
56．How is the weather during the night in the desert?
A．Hot. B．Cold. C．Cool.
57．Where does the camel store up fat?
A．In its hump. B．In its stomach. C．In its tail.
58．Why won't we see a lot of tall trees in the desert?
A．Because of few people there.
B．Because of the sun shining.
C．Because of the terrible environment.
59．How much of the land do deserts cover in the world?
A．One fifth. B．Less than 10%.
C．Two fifths.
60．Is the Sahara Desert growing or not?
A．Nobody knows it. B．It's growing.
C．It's not growing.八、词汇运用(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
(一)根据汉语提示完成句子。
61．In some ________(欧洲的) countries，many pilots and subway workers began to strike to ask for a salary
increase.
62．After becoming famous, she doesn't have much ________ (私人的) time.
63．Mr Black keeps a dog to ________(守卫) the house.
64．This kind of programme satisfied (使……满意) the ________(民众)．
65．If you can't pass the ________(考试)，you will never have the chance to realize your dream.
(二)用所给词的适当形式填空。
66．The little boy didn't dare ________ (walk) in the dark.
67．He was born in France but his parents are________ (Britain)．
68．My father wants to give up ________(smoke) because it's not good for health.
69．________(exact) speaking, I can only speak American English.
70．They ________ (deal) with the problems easily last week.
九、补全对话(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
A：Hello, Mary. Long time no see! You ________(71) changed a lot.
B：Really?
A：Yeah. You ________(72) to be short, didn't you?
B：Yes, I ________(73) very short two years ago.
A：I remember you used to wear black clothes.
B：But I hate ________(74)black clothes now.
A：________(75) greatly you have changed in the last two years!
十、书面表达(20 分)
假如你是张洋，这个学期刚转到一所新学校，请根据表格中的信息，介绍一下你的变化，80 词左
右。
过去 现在
留直发，性格开朗 留卷发，沉默寡言
花很多时间和朋友一起玩 多数时间花在学习上
喜欢踢足球 喜欢集邮
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Unit 4 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.My uncle used to be a policeman.
2．Tom used to like watching TV.
3．John didn't use to play soccer with his friends.
4．My mother used to wear glasses.
5．Mary used to wear a dress, didn't she?
二、6.W：Who is the woman in the picture?
M：My mother. She used to have long hair.
7．W：Is that boy Bill?
M：Yes，he used to be short.
8．W：Are you still afraid of snakes?
M：No, I'm not.
9．W：Steve used to be on the swimming team, but now he is interested in soccer.
M：Yes, he is a good football player now.
10．W：Hello, Bob. How did you use to go to school?
M：I used to walk. But now I usually ride a bike.
三、Text 1
M：Hi，Tina. It's great to see you.
W：Hi，Bob. How are you?
M：Fine. Wow，you've changed！You used to have black and short hair.
W：Yeah，you have a good memory. My hair is red and long now. I remember you used to be thin and wear
blond glasses.
M：Yes. But I am strong and I don't wear glasses now.
Text 2
M：Hi, Melissa. Nice to meet you! We haven't seen each other for a long time.W：Yes, we haven't seen each other since we left school two years ago. You have changed a lot. You used to
wear Tshirts, but it's the first time I have seen you in a business suit.
M：Yeah, I don't like suits. But now I work in a bank, so I have to.
四、Today is Labor Day. It is a good chance for my classmates in middle school to get together. In our class
there were fifty students at that time. We have changed a lot since we left school. Lily used to be very shy and
always silent in class. Now she wears a red dress and talks happily with us. Alfred used to be late for class and his
hair was always colorful. Now he has black hair. Paul used to be thin and have straight black hair. Now he is fat
and has curly hair. I used to play basketball with my good friends after school. Now I play football twice a month.
听力答案：
一、1～5：EACBD
二、6～10：CBCAA
三、11～15：BAABB
四、16～20：ACCBA
笔试部分
五、21.B 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解题。根据题干所给的信息可知，表达过去和现在的对比。故
选 B。
22．B 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。cause 导致；influence 影响；appear 出现；fight 战斗。句意：我
在贫穷山村的经历影响了我的生活和对未来的决定。故选 B。
23．B 点拨：used to do 作谓语时，反意疑问句可以用助动词 did，再由主语 Mr Green 可知选 B。
24．C
25．A 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。in person 亲自；in fact 事实上；in silence 默默地。由句意可知，
是亲自签收。故选 A。
26．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。usually 通常，sometimes 有时，never 从来不，seldom 很少。根
据句意可知选 D。
27．D
28．C 点拨：used to 过去常常，后接动词原形；be used to 习惯于，后接 v.ing 形式；be used for 被用
于……。根据句意，可知应该用一般现在时，先排除 B；根据语境可知选 C。
29．D
30．C 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。to one's surprise 令某人吃惊的是……；do well in＝be good at 擅
长。根据句意可知选 C。
31．B 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。advise sb. not to do sth.建议某人不要做某事。故选 B。
32．D 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。be proud of...以……为骄傲，故答案为 D。
33．A 点拨：考查含 used to 的一般疑问句。规律：含 used to 的一般疑问句基本结构是“Did...use
to...？”。34．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。require 要求；repeat 重复；admire 欣赏；interview 采访。
35．D 点拨：look after 照顾； wake up 叫醒；be angry with 生……的气； take pride in 为……感到自
豪。由语境可知选 D。
六、36.A 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。punish 处罚，praise 赞扬， fix 修理， hurt 伤害。句意：最
后，他被迫去处罚重复制造响声的人。故选 A。
37．B 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。hide 隐藏， discover 发现，pay 付款，wake 醒。根据句意可知
选 B。
38．C 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。actively 积极地， aloud 大声地， strongly 坚决地， softly 温和
地。前面说他经常搞坏事，这次他坚决地说不是他干的，没有人相信这件事。故选 C。
39．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。bag 书包， board 板， desk 书桌， seat 座位。根据语境可知应
该是“座位”。故选 D。
40．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。hair 头发， arm 胳膊， finger 手指， hand 手。前句说他伸出
手接受处罚，故这里应该是“手”。故选 D。
41．C 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。句意：在你这么勇敢地表现之后我不能再处罚你。act 行动。故
选 C。
42．B 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。afraid 害怕的， proud 骄傲的， sure 确信，careful 小心的。根
据句意可知选 B。
43．A 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。句意：……什么是对的。故选 A，其他词不符合语境。
44．A 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。refuse 拒绝， continue 继续， dream 做梦，want 想。根据句意
可知选 A。
45．B 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。but 但是， though 尽管，after 在……之后，until 直到……才。
结合语境知选 B。
七、A 46.D 点拨：细节理解题，用在原文中寻找答案法解题。根据短文第二段的描述可知，正确答
案为 D。
47．A
48．C 点拨：推理判断题，用联系上下文法解题。根据短文内容可知“我自己认真地思考并做了决定”，
故选 C。
49．B 点拨：细节理解题，用在原文中寻找答案法解题。根据短文倒数第三段的描述可知。
50．A 点拨：细节理解题，用细读法解题。根据短文的描述可知 A 项正确。
B 51.C 点拨：细节理解题。根据第一段第一句可知选 C。
52．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据第一段第一句可知选 B。
53．D 点拨：细节理解题。根据最后一段第一句可知选 D。
54．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章中的 Will you get me an ice cream？及 Well, I also want some
strawberries and cream on top.可知选 B。55．A 点拨：推理判断题。通过去厨房拿东西这件事可以推断这对夫妻的记忆力都差，经常忘事。故
选 A。
C 56.B 点拨：细节理解题。根据 “Many deserts can quickly get cold once the sun goes down.(很多沙漠
在太阳落山之后很快变冷。)”及“drop below freezing (32 degrees F) during the night(在夜里降到零下 32
华氏度)”可以看出，晚上沙漠是很冷的。故选 B。
57．A 点拨：细节理解题。文中提到“The camel stores up fat in its hump”，可知骆驼把脂肪储存到驼峰
里。
58．C 点拨：推理判断题。文中提到“Only certain types of plants can live in the terrible environment of the
desert. You won't see a lot of tall trees in the desert.”仅有几类植物可以在这恶劣的沙漠环境中生存。在
沙漠里你看不到高树。故可以推断是因为环境恶劣，高树不能生存。
59．A 点拨：细节理解题。文中提到“Now deserts cover around 20% of the world's land”现在世界上的陆
地 20%覆盖着沙漠，也就是 1/5。故选 A。
60．B 点拨：细节理解题。文中提到“The Sahara Desert is growing larger and larger each year.”撒哈拉沙
漠每年都在扩大。故选 B。
八、(一)61.European 62.private 63.guard
64．public 65.exam/examination
(二)66.to walk 67.British 68.smoking
69．Exactly 70.dealt
九、71.have 72.used 73.was
74．wearing 75.How
十、范文：
Everything is changing all the time. I__have__changed__a__lot__since__I__moved__
to__this__new__school__this__term.①
I used to have② straight hair and be outgoing. But now I have curly hair and I'm quiet. I used to
spend__much__time__playing③ with my friends. But now I spend most of my time studying. I used to like
playing soccer, but I like collecting stamps now.
How about you？Have you changed?
名师点评：
◆本文用“对比描述法”描写事物的变化。写人的改变可以先写人物外貌的改变，再写性格特征的
改变，最后写兴趣、爱好的改变。
◆本文的添彩点：
①此处现在完成时运用得当，对全文起画龙点睛的作用。
②此处的 have 不可换成 be。
③spend...doing...意为“花费……干……”。Unit 5 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选出与所听句子内容相符的图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
A B C
D E
(1)_________ (2)____________ (3)____________
________(4) ________(5)
二、听小对话，选出正确的答语(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．Where was the pen made?
A．Beijing. B．Qinghai. C．Shanghai.
7．What is the ruler made of?
A．Steel. B．Silver. C．Wood.
8．What will they make for the Spring Festival?
A．Sky lanterns. B．Clay art.
C．Paper cutting.
9．When will the man leave for Weifang?
A．Next Sunday. B．This afternoon.
C．This evening.
10．When was the cup made?A．In 1659. B．Five hundred years ago.
C．Thousands of years ago.
三、听长对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答第 11～12 小题。
11．Who does the woman want to buy the skirt for?
A．Her daughter. B．Her sister.
C．Her cousin.
12．How much is the skirt?
A．￥105. B．￥115. C．￥150.
听第二段对话，完成 13～15 题。
13．How long did Jack stay in Shanghai?
A．For a month. B．For two months.
C．For three months.
14．Where's the tea grown?
A．In Hebei. B．In Shandong. C．In Zhejiang.
15．What was made in Japan?
A．The TV. B．The radio. C．The orange.
四、听短文，判断句子正(T)误(F)(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．Christmas is one of the most important festivals of the year for the Asian countries.
17．Christmas is as important as Chinese New Year to people with English backgrounds.
18．December 24 is called Christmas Eve.
19．Some children put stockings up for the holding of the presents.They think Santa Claus will come and give
them presents.
20．Christmas pudding, turkey and dumplings are usually eaten during the Christmas dinner.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．Books are made ________ paper while paper is mainly made ________ wood.
A．of；of B．from；from
C．of；from D．from；of
22．—Our chemistry teacher, Mr.Brown, always keeps his lessons ________. —That's why he is so popular among his students.
A．lively B．happily C．freely D．heavily
23. —Do you know Tai'an?
—Yes, it is known ________ Mount Taishan. I have been there three times.
A．at B．for C．as D．of
24.The novel is read ________ many people today.
A．by B．with C．of D．for
25. China's hot words, like tuhao, dama and lianghui, ________ in the Western media(媒体)．
A．use widely B．is widely used
C．uses widely D．are widely used
26．How beautiful the world is! It ________ snow and everything is white.
A．is covered with B．is put away
C．is turned into D．is picked up
27．—Are Sichuan and Yunnan famous for tea?
—I think so. ________ I know，maybe onethird of the tea in China is produced in these two provinces.
A．As long as B．As far as
C．As many as D．As little as
28．—Could you please help me to look for my lost dog? ________ name is Gina.
—Of course.
A．It B．It's C．Its D．Its'
29．It ________ me about two months to learn how to drive a car.
A．spent B．paid C．used D．took
30．When you do your homework, you must work carefully to avoid ______ too many mistakes.
A．to make B．making C．made D．make
31． Everyone in our class ________ to take part in the English Speech Contest.
A．is encouraged B．encourages
C．are encouraging D．are encouraged
32．—Are the overseas students all from ________？
—No, there are only two ________ in the team.
A．Germany; Germany B．Germany; GermansC．German; Germans D．German; Germany
33． During the Spring Festival, paper cuttings ________ on windows, doors and walls as symbols of wishes
for good luck and a happy new year.
A．are put B．were put
C．puts D．putting
34．Among the four，________ is not metal(金属)．
A．silver B．glass C．steel D．gold
35．—I will take part in an examination tomorrow.
—________．
A．Good luck B．Quite pretty
C．You're welcome D．Have a good time
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 220；建议用时：6 分钟)
Have you ever offered a helping hand to those who are in trouble?
One day, two ________(36) were walking along the road to school when they saw an old woman
carrying a large basket of pears. They thought the woman looked very ________(37). They went up to her and
said, “Are you going to the town? If you are, we will help carry your basket.”
“Thank you，” ________(38) the woman. “You are very kind. You see I'm weak and ill.” Then she told
them that she was going to the market to ________(39) the pears which grew on the only tree in her little
garden.
“We are all going to the ________(40)，” said the boys. “Let us have the basket.” And they took hold of
it, one each side. They walked ________(41) with the heavy basket, but happily.
The other day, I saw a little girl stop and ________(42) a piece of orange peel (皮), which she threw into
the dustbin (垃圾桶). “I wish ________ (43) would throw that on the sidewalk，” she said. “Someone may
step on it and fall.”
Perhaps some may say that these are not ________(44) things. That is right. But such a little thing shows
that you have a thoughtful mind and a feeling heart. We must not wait for the ________(45) to do great things.
We must begin with little things of love.
36．A.boys B．girls C．men D．women
37．A.bored B．tired C．pleased D．surprised
38．A.asked B．told C．replied D．spoke
39．A.bring B．buy C．take D．sell
40．A.town B．market C．garden D．school
41．A.weakly B．quickly C．slowly D．quietly 42．A.take out B．cut off C．put down D．pick up
43．A.nobody B．everybody C．somebody D．anybody
44．A.little B．good C．great D．bad
45．A.pay B．time C．advice D．love
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 160；建议用时：5 分钟)
Have you heard about paper cutting? Paper cutting is an important art form in China. Papercuts are
used for many purposes, and everything can become the theme ( 主 题) of papercuts, from people to the
things that can be found in everyday life such as birds, flowers and animals.
Each papercut brings out the personal ideas of the author (作者). People express traditional culture or
their own feelings with different styles of papercuts. For example, when someone marries, we put up some
red papercuts on the wall, dressing table or other furniture to express our best wishes.
It is easy to learn paper cutting but very difficult to make it perfect. We need a longtime practice to
learn how to use the scissors and how to paint. More over, we need to learn some cutting skills.
At present, in many parts of China, papercutting skill has become a must for women and a symbol of a
clever mind.
阅读短文，判断下列句子的正(T)误(F)。
46．Not everything can become the theme of papercuts.
47．People express traditional culture or their own feelings with the same papercut.
48．It is not easy to make a perfect papercut.
49．When we learn paper cutting, we don't need to learn cutting skills.
50．Women must learn papercutting skills in many places of China.
B (词数：约 360；建议用时：8 分钟)
A 17yearold Tibetan boy climbs 40 meters up a tall tree only to get some honey as an ingredient for a
traditional local drink. The money he makes from selling the honey will be used to pay for his younger
brother's tuition fee(学费).
This is only a scene from the first episode(集) of CCTV's new documentary, A Bite of China 2, which
appeared on April 18, 2014.But there are enough reasons for viewers to spend an hour every Friday until
June 6 enjoying in front of their television sets. Viewers have had to wait a long time since A Bite of China
first came out in 2012.
Back then, the sevenepisode documentary was considered the best one ever produced by CCTV, with
its good effects and rich food culture. A famous foreigner praised it, saying, “It's the best TV show I've ever
seen about food. I'm sure it's the best one ever made.”
The new season includes eight episodes, covering 300 types of food. According to CCTV, every minute
of the show was edited(编辑) out of 150 minutes of footage(连续镜头). Finding their subjects was often the hardest part of the film team's job. It took them six months to film a beekeeping couple, which included a
journey of more than 2，000 kilometers.
Food is a personal thing, in that no dish suits all tastes. However, the program has still managed to move
all sorts of viewers.
“Compared with A Bite of China, the new season has a more human touch, which makes viewers cover
some tears while their mouths are watering，” said Sina Entertainment.
As always, the people are the most interesting part. A Bite of China 2 shows a greater dream—through
homemade food, it tells the joys and sorrows of common Chinese in changing times, according to director
Chen Xiaoqing of the documentary series.
“I was moved by the people in each simple story，” said Li Weifang, 17, of Beijing No.3 High School.
“Their work helps enrich(丰富) China's food culture.”
“In fact, that is exactly what the new season hopes to deliver. Through the program, the listeners will
see the characteristics of the Chinese people: save and tenacity(坚韧)，” Chen told Xinhua.
51．When did A Bite of China 2 appear on CCTV?
A．From 2012.
B．From April 18, 2014.
C．Until June 8, 2014.
D．Every Friday through the coming year.
52．How is A Bite of China 2 different from its first season?
A．It took a longer time to film it.
B．It introduces more food types.
C．It has more human stories about food.
D．It attracts more viewers around the world.
53．What was the most difficult part of filming the documentary?
A．Finding the right subjects.
B．Creating the good effects.
C．Filming in hard environments.
D．Editing so much footage.
54．What does the underlined word “sorrows” mean in Chinese?
A．故事 B．伤害 C．快乐 D．悲伤事
55．Which of the following is NOT TRUE?
A．A Bite of China tells China's food culture.B．A Bite of China tells the joys and sorrows of Chinese in changing times.
C．The new season includes seven episodes, covering 300 types of food.
D．Sometimes we could watch A Bite of China for an hour on Friday on CCTV.
C (词数：约 300；建议用时：8 分钟)
Almost all cultures celebrate the end of one year and the beginning of another in some way. Different
cultures celebrate the beginning of a new year in different ways, and at different times on the calendar.
In Western countries, people usually celebrate New Year at midnight on December 31st—January 1st.
People may go to parties, sometimes dressed in formal(正式的) clothes, and they may drink champagne(香槟)
at midnight. During the first minutes of the new year, people cheer and wish each other happiness for the
year ahead. But some cultures prefer to celebrate the new year by waking up early to watch the sun rise. They
welcome the new year with the first light of the sunrise.
Many cultures also do special things to get rid of(摆脱) bad luck at the beginning of a new year. For
example, in Ecuador, families make a big doll from old clothes. The doll is filled with old newspapers and
firecrackers. At midnight, these dolls are burned to show the bad things from the past year are gone and the
new year can start afresh( 重 新 ). Other common traditions to keep away bad luck in a new year include
throwing things into rivers or the ocean, or saying special things on the first day of the new year.
Other New Year traditions are followed to bring good luck in the new year. One widespread Spanish
tradition for good luck is to eat grapes on New Year's Day. The more grapes a person eats, the more good
luck the person will have in the year. In France, people eat pancakes for good luck at New Year. In the
United States, some people eat blackeyed peas for good luck—but to get good luck for a whole year you
have to eat 365 of them!
56．The reading is mainly about ________．
A．the meaning of “Happy New Year！”
B．several different New Year traditions
C．what to eat on New Year's Day
D．why people dress up nicely on New Year's Day
57．It's clear that ________．
A．some cultures celebrate New Year in the morning
B．the Western people celebrate New Year only on New Year's Day
C．people in Ecuador go to parties on December 31st—January 1st
D．no cultures do special things to celebrate New Year
58．In some cultures, people throw things into rivers or oceans to ________．
A．bring good luck B．keep away bad luck
C．forget everything D．plan for the next year59．To have a happy new year, ________．
A．friends talk to each other in special ways
B．families make big dolls filled with old clothes
C．some people get up early to watch the sunrise
D．Europeans eat 365 grapes on New Year's Day
60．When eating blackeyed peas on New Year's Day, people think ________．
A．one pea brings one day of luck
B．blackeyed peas are the best medicine
C．the peas are too black and taste bad
D．the peas are helpful to count numbers
八、词汇运用(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
(一)根据句意及汉语提示完成单词。
61．My father was cutting the ________(草)，and my mother was planting roses.
62．His father likes collecting ________(硬币)．
63．The man isn't my ________(老板)．He is my father.
64．You mustn't go across the road when the ________(交通) light is red.
65．She cut herself with the ________(剪刀)．
(二)用所给词的适当形式填空。
66．The ________ (leaf)on the tree are green in spring.
67．There are only two ________ (postman)in the post office now.
68．________(French)is a very romantic country to enjoy your life.
69．These ________(produce)from that city are famous for colors and styles.
70．I ________ (complete) the task last Friday with my classmates.
九、根据所给首字母完成短文(2015·呼和浩特)(每小题 1.5 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 220；建议用时：7
分钟)
In a town in France, there was a farmer who lived alone. Every day he s________(71) a pound of butter
to his neighbor, who was a baker. One day the baker decided to weigh the butter to see i________(72) he was
getting a pound. After he weighed it, he found that he wasn't. The baker then took the farmer to the judge (法
官)．
The judge wanted to know the farmer's ways to weigh the butter. The farmer replied, “I'm so
p________(73)that I do not have enough money to buy anything to weigh it. H________(74) , I do have a kind
of scale (天平)．” The judge asked, “Then h________ (75) do you weigh the butter？” The farmer replied, “Before the baker started buying butter from me, I had bought bread from him. So now every time when I
b________(76) home the bread from the baker, I put it on the scale and give him the butter of the same
w________(77)．”
We always get back what we give to others. Whenever you take action, ask yourself this question, “Am
I honest？”
Honesty or dishonesty can become a habit. Some dishonest people can lie w________(78) a red face.
Others lie so m________(79) that they do not even know what the truth is any more. But who is it bad for? In
fact, those who lie will hurt t________(80) by their own dishonest behavior.
十、书面表达(20 分)
老师让学生写一篇小短文介绍一下自己最喜欢的物品。假设你最喜欢的是你的短裙，请以 My
favorite skirt 为题，向大家介绍一下。
要求：不少于 80 词，语句通顺。
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Unit 5 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.The wine is made from grapes.
2．Where is the tea produced?
3．Weifang is famous for its kites.
4．Sky lanterns were first used by Zhuge Kongming in Chinese history.
5．Paper cutting is China's traditional art.
二、6.W：Your pen looks very beautiful. Where was it made?
M：Oh. It was made in Shanghai.
7．W：Could you tell me if the ruler is made of wood?M：No，and it is made of steel.
8．W：What will we make for the Spring Festival，Mike?
M：Some beautiful paper cutting.
9．W：When are you leaving for Weifang for the kite festival?
M：I'm leaving this afternoon.
10．W：What is it？It's so beautiful!
M：It's a cup. But it was made thousands of years ago.
三、Text 1
M：Can I help you?
W：Yes. I'm looking for a skirt for my daughter.
M：How about this one？It's the new style this year，and it's very popular.
W：I like the style. What's it made of?
M：Silk.
W：Great！How much is it?
M：￥150.
W：OK.I will take it.
Text 2
M：Good morning，Li Jia.
W：Good morning, Jack. Come in，please. I haven't seen you for a long time.
M：Yeah. I have been in Shanghai for two months.
W：Would you like some tea？And I have some nice oranges I'd like you to try.
M：Yes，please. Wow，the tea is very nice. Where's it grown?
W：It's grown in Zhejiang.
M：What about the oranges？Are they grown in South China?
W：I think so.
M：Wow. Your skirt looks beautiful. What's it made of?
W：It's made of silk.
M：What about your new TV？Was it made in Japan?
W：You're right.
四、Christmas is one of the most important festivals of the year for the western countries. It is celebrated on December 25 by most western Christian churches. It is as important as Chinese New Year to people with
English backgrounds.
December 24 is called Christmas Eve. The children usually go to bed early and are warned that“Santa
Claus will only come and give you a present if you are good”．Some children put stockings up for the
holding of the presents.
The Christmas dinner is usually eaten together by relatives.Christmas pudding and turkey are usually
eaten with desserts afterwards.
听力答案：
一、1～5：CDBEA
二、6～10：CACBC
三、11～15：ACBCA
四、16～20：FTTTF
笔试部分
五、21.C 点拨：本题用短语辨析法。从制成品能看出原材料时用 be made of；不能看出原材料时用 be
made from。 句意为：书是由纸制成的，而纸主要是由木材制成的。
22．A 点拨：lively adj.生动的；happily adv.快乐地；freely adv.自由地；heavily adv.沉重地。分析句
意及句子结构可知选 A。
23．B 24.A
25．D 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。分析句子成分可知，本题应该使用被动语态，words 为复数
形式，故选 D。
26．A 点拨：be covered with 被……覆盖；be put away 被收起来；be turned into 被变成； be picked
up 被捡起来。根据句意可知选 A。
27．B 点拨：as long as 只要；as far as I know 据我所知。 分析题意可知，只有 B 选项最恰当。
28．C 点拨：本题用题眼法解题。根据空格后面的 name 可知，前面应该用形容词性物主代词 its。
故选 C。
29．D 点拨：本题用固定句式法解题。It takes sb. some time to do sth. 花费某人一些时间做某事。故
选 D。
30．B 点拨：avoid 后接动词作宾语时，要用动词的ing 形式，所以选 B。
31．A 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。根据句意应该是每人都被鼓励做某事，encourage sb. to do
sth.的被动形式为：sb. is encouraged to do sth.，故选 A。
32．B 点拨：本题用词语运用法解题。Germany n．德国；German adj.德国的，n.德国人，其复数形
式为 Germans。
33．A 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。由句意知，“paper cuttings 剪纸”和“put on 贴，张贴”之间存在
被动关系，需使用被动语态，又因为每年都过春节，是一般现在时态，故选 A。34．B 35.A
六、36.A 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解题。根据下文的“said the boys”可知。
37．B 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解题。bored adj.烦闷的； pleased adj.满意的；surprised adj.惊
讶的；tired adj.累的。根据上文中“an old woman carrying a large basket of pears”，可以推测，那位
老妇人应该“很累”。
38．C 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解题。根据前后对话的语境意思可知选 C。 39.D
40．A 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解题。根据第二段可知。
41．C 点拨：根据下文提到的 “the heavy basket”可知，“他们应该是走得比较慢”。
42．D 点拨：本题用常识法解题。根据句子描述的场景可知“一个小女孩停下来，捡起地上的橘子皮，
然后扔进了垃圾桶里”。
43．A 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解题。本句句意为：我希望没有人将橘子皮扔到人行道上。
44．C 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解题。从最后一段第三句“But such a little thing shows...”可知选 C。
45．B 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解题。通过作者的描述可知，作者希望“我们不应该等着去做大
事，而应该从生活中的这些充满爱和温暖的小事做起”。
七、A 46～50：FFTFT
B 51.B 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第二段第一句“This is only a scene from the first episode(集) of
CCTV's new documentary, A Bite of China 2, which appeared on April 18, 2014.”可知。
52．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第六段第一句“Compared with A Bite of China, the new season has a
more human touch，...”可知正确答案为 C。
53．A 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第四段第三句“Finding their subjects was often the hardest part of the
film team's job.”可知，寻找素材是拍摄这个片子最难的部分。
54．D 点拨：词义猜测题。用对比关系法解题。and 连接两个并列的成分，前面 joy 的意思是 “乐
事”，而与之相应的是 “悲伤事”。
55．C 点拨：细节判定题。用细读法解题。根据第四段的第一句可知，一共八集。
C 56.B 点拨：主旨大意题。根据短文的描述可知。
57．A 点拨：细节理解题。用在原文中寻找答案法解题。根据短文第二段“But some cultures prefer to
celebrate the new year by waking up early to...the sun rise.”的叙述可知。
58．B 点拨：细节理解题。用细读法解题。根据短文第三段最后一句“Other common traditions to keep
away bad luck in a new year include throwing things into rivers or the ocean...of the new year.”可知。
59．C 点拨：细节理解题，用细读法解题。根据短文第二段的倒数第二句的叙述可知。
60．A 点拨：推理判断题。根据短文中最后一段最后一句的描述可推知。
八、(一)61.grass 62.coins 63.boss
64．traffic 65.scissors(二)66.leaves 67.postmen 68.France
69．products 70.completed
九、71.sold 72.if 73.poor 74.However
75．how 76.bring 77.weight 78.without
79．much 80.themselves
十、范文：
My favorite skirt
I have a nice skirt. It is red. There are some flowers on it. It looks very beautiful. The skirt
is__made__of① silk and it is__made__in① Suzhou. My father went__on__vacation② there and bought it for
me last summer. I enjoy wearing it very much because it feels soft. Last month, I wore it to my friend's
birthday party. They all said I was more beautiful than before. I was so happy. From__then__on③， I often
wear it to parties. I like it very much.
名师点评：
◆本文很好地运用了“三步法”介绍自己所喜欢的物品。文章先总体介绍了自己所喜欢的物品是
skirt，然后对它进行了详细介绍，并描述了自己的感受。
◆本文的添彩点：
①熟练运用了本单元所学重点 be made of/ in。
②go on vacation 为固定搭配，意为“去度假”。
③from then on“从那时起”，是按时间顺序描述某一事情经过时常用的短语。
Unit 6 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选择恰当的答语(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1．A.By Bell. B．In 1876. C．In the US.
2．A.It's made of wood. B．It's dark.
C．For cleaning shoes.
3．A.Thank you B．That's all right.C．Sorry, I don't know.
4．A.No, I'm not. B．Yes, I do. C．Yes, I can.
5．A.In Zhejiang. B．Eat bread. C．A hotel.
二、听小对话，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．What does Mark think is the most useful invention?
A B C
7．What would Mary like for lunch?
A B C
8．What will Tom repair tomorrow?
A B C
9．Where will Bob go in half an hour?
A B C
10．What time will the alarm clock go off(发出响声) tomorrow morning?
A B C
三、听长对话，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答第 11～12 小题。
11．Who are the speakers talking about?
A．A famous doctor.
B．A famous writer.
C．A famous inventor.
12．When was the person born?
A．On January 11th, 1837.
B．On February 11th, 1847.
C．On July 11th, 1857.
听第二段对话，完成 13～15 小题。
13．What's the weather like today?
A．It's cloudy. B．It's sunny. C．It's snowy.
14．When was the umbrella invented probably?
A．About 1，000 years ago.
B．About 2，000 years ago.
C．About 3，000 years ago.
15．What time will the film start?
A．At 7：20. B．At 7：30. C．At 7：50.
四、听短文，补全表格(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
Robot Name
When it was
invented
What he/she is doing
The first robot Jack
In
________(16)
He is cooking.The second robot Mary In 2008 She is ________(17).
The third robot David
In
________(18)
He is riding a bike.
The fourth robot Jenny In 2009
She is talking to
________(19)
The fifth robot Linda In 2010
She is playing the
________(20).
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．Not only ________ but also ________ is delicious.
A．biscuits; cake B．biscuits; cookie
C．cake; cookies D．cookies; biscuit
22．Franklin ________ electricity, and Edison ________ the light bulb.
A．discovered; discovered B．invented; invented
C．discovered; invented D．invented; discovered
23．—Who helped Betty tidy up the bedroom just now?
—________. She cleaned it all by herself.
A．Somebody B．Nobody
C．Everybody D．Anybody
24． The meat on the plate ________ so delicious. Let's try it together.
A．smells B．sounds C．sees D．feels
25．________ is said that the zipper was invented by Whitcomb Judson.
A．That B．It C．This D．Which
26．The cake was ________ into three pieces and the children began to eat happily.
A．fallen B．driven C．divided D．knocked
27． The workers were made ________ from morning to night in the past.
A．worked B．to work
C．work D．working
28． In our school library there ________ a number of books and the number of them ________ growing
larger and larger. A．is; are B．has; is
C．are; is D．have; are
29．The bad weather stopped them ________ the science museum last Sunday.
A．to visit B．from visiting
C．visit D．visited
30． He is an honest boy. I have no reason to ________ what he said.
A．hear B．doubt
C．repeat D．believe
31．I want to know if an English Singing Competition ________ next month.
A．was held B．will be held
C．are held D．has been held
32．—Can you tell me where the students are?
—They ________ reading books just now.
A．will find B．have found
C．were found D．found
33．I found my lost watch in the park by__chance．
A．in person B．by accident
C．on time D．for free
34．The sports meeting will ________ in our school next week.
A．happen B．cause C．take place D．come out
35．—Thanks a million for your help!
—________．
A．All right B．My pleasure
C．Never mind D．Good idea
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 160；建议用时：7 分钟)
In your schoolbags, most of you may have a pencil, some kinds of pens, a ________(36) and some
books.________(37)of these things grow in the fields.They were all invented by ________(38) and made in
factories.Thousands of years ago, no one ________(39) about these things.Even the ________(40) invention
has the greatest technological advance(技术上的进步) at its time.
Who ________(41) them? We don't always know.There have been hundreds of thousands of inventions,
large or ________(42), in human history.Some of these inventions have greatly ________(43) the world, such as
paper, printing and radios, and we are impressed by ________(44)．However, we have ________(45) most of the other inventions—for example, ________(46) invented the clock, or the lock to the door? We may not
know.We should ________(47) the inventors for their clever ideas.New ideas are ________(48) ． They can
change our lives.________(49) inventions, we would still live in forests, with ________(50) to wear and no ice
cream to eat.Will you be one of the inventors, my dear friends?
36．A.baseball B．camera C．ruler D．banana
37．A.None B．Each C．Any D．All
38. A．nobody B．everyone C．anybody D．someone
39．A.came B．knew C．set D．worried
40．A.old B．wonderful
C．huge D．simple
41．A.found B．invented
C．brought D．discovered
42．A.nice B．ancient C．small D．useful
43．A.traveled B．made C．changed D．destroyed
44．A.it B．that C．ones D．them
45．A.forgotten B．thought up
C．designed D．used up
46．A.how B．who C．when D．which
47．A.thank B．greet C．ask D．hate
48．A.crazy B．wrong C．important D．unimportant
49．A.Before B．For
C．With D．Without
50．A.nothing B．anything
C．something D．everything
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 150；建议用时：5 分钟)
We are collecting more news for our school English newspaper. Would you like to be reporters for it?
Welcome! Here are two pieces from the news page.
The Best Runner
We had a sports day at school yesterday. Last year's best runner, Li Yu, only won second prize in the
800meter race. Instead, Yang Liu from Class 2 came first by two seconds. Next year the race is going to be
more interesting! Who will be the best runner? I wonder.Goodbye, Mr. White!
Our English teacher， Mr. White, has finished his two years' teaching at our school and will leave
next month. Mr. White is an excellent teacher and he's always friendly to us. We'll never forget his lively and
interesting teaching. We are lucky to be his students. We thank him for all his hard work and wish him a nice
journey home. We will miss you, Mr. White!
根据短文内容，判断句子正(T)误(F)。
51．You are welcome to be reporters for our school English newspaper.
52．Li Yu won second prize in the 800meter race yesterday.
53．Yang Liu was the best runner last year.
54．Mr. White will teach us English for two years at our school.
55．We'll always remember Mr. White's lively and interesting teaching.
B (词数：约 160；建议用时：5 分钟)
People drink tea. There are many kinds of tea, such as black tea, green tea, white tea and yellow tea.
People drink a lot of tea in China. Some people drink it because they think it makes them healthy. Many
people drink it because it tastes very good. It is delicious.
People drink a lot of green tea in Japan. People drink a lot of green tea in South Korea, too. In Vietnam,
people like to drink coffee first. Then they drink tea.
People drink a lot of tea in England. Every afternoon, people drink tea. It's teatime. English people like
to drink their tea with milk in it.
Many people drink black tea in the US. In the South, people like to drink sweet tea. Sweet tea is cold
black tea with sugar in it.
Most tea comes from China. Some tea comes from India or Sri Lanka. Kenya, Japan and Indonesia also
grow tea.
56．How many kinds of tea are mentioned in the first paragraph?
A．Five. B．Four. C．Three. D．Two.
57．In China some people drink tea because it makes them ________．
A．healthy B．young C．smart D．warm
58．People like to drink coffee before tea in ________．
A．Japan B．South Korea
C．Vietnam D．Sri Lanka
59．In England, people like to drink tea with ________ in it.
A．sugar B．ice C．juice D．milk
60．Most tea comes from ________．A．China B．Japan C．India D．Indonesia
C (词数约：200；建议用时：7 分钟)
In modern world, most people have at least one timetelling tool with them, such as mobile phones,
MP5 players and mini computers. Since these small machines are so common, will people stop wearing the
500yearold watches? Maybe the answer is “yes”. According to a survey, most teenagers say it's
unnecessary to wear a watch. They usually use their mobile phones to tell the time.
However, watchmakers say that watches will get popular again when people reach their 20s and 30s. By
then, they want to spend money on a creative(有创意的) timetelling tool because they think it's not enough
if a watch can just keep good time, so watchmakers are trying their best to create new kinds of watches.
Recently, a new kind of watches has been invented. It can use different color lights to tell the time. This kind
of watches makes people talk more about modern watches again.
Also people want their timetelling tools to be beautiful, fashionable and practical(实用的), so watches
are designed(设计) to meet the need of almost any personality(个性). Now more and more watches can be
used as compasses(指南针), calendars and even USB drives...
All in all, a watch has become more important than the time it tells.
61．According to the survey, ________ use mobile phones to tell the time instead of watches.
A．most teenagers B．the old people
C．watchmakers D．most people
62．Watches will get ________ again when people reach their 20s and 30s.
A．expensive B．small C．popular D．cheap
63．In this passage, watches can be used as different kinds of things except ________．
A．compasses B．calendars
C．USB drives D．wallets
64．Recently, a new kind of watches uses ________ to tell the time according to the passage.
A．different color lights B．sound
C．pictures D．music
65．What's the main idea of the passage?
A．Most people want to spend money on mobile phones.
B．A watch has become more important than the time it tells.
C．Many watchmakers are worried about their products.
D．Fewer and fewer people use watches to tell the time.
八、词汇运用(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
(一)根据句意及汉语提示完成单词。66．Don't ________(提到) this problem this evening.I don't want to talk about it.
67．The bridge broke down in the last __________(地震)．
68．No man can be a good ________(统治者) unless he has first been ruled.
69．You should regard the ________ (顾客)as your gods. So you should speak politely.
70．Protecting the environment is a ________(全国的) problem.
(二)用所给词的适当形式填空。
71．His name ________(list) on a piece of paper.
72．Stay away from the ________(boil) water, because it is very hot.
73．They ________ (ring) the bell and came into the room.
74．________ (sudden), the candle was blew out by the wind.
75．The ________(lock) locker was opened by somebody unknown.
九、选择合适的选项补全短文(有一项多余)(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 140；建议用时：6 分钟)
As to the beginning of badminton, there are a lot of stories. ________(76) But one thing is for sure —
badminton started in the U．K. and it was developed from tennis. ________(77) In the year of 1870, a sort of
ball made of feathers and wood as well as a bat woven with strings was invented. Ever since 1873, the sport
of badminton has become more and more prosperous. At that time, the field was a gourd like, with two wider
spaces at both ends and a narrow stretch of land in the middle where a net was set up. ________(78)
In 1893, the first badminton committee was established, ________(79) And it held a badminton
championship competition in 1899 nationwide.
________(80) The members are Canada, Denmark, Britain, France, Ireland, Holland, New Zealand,
Scotland and Wales. Ever from then on, there have been more and more badminton competitions.
A．This gourdlike field was changed into a square shape in 1901.
B．In 1934, an international badminton association was founded with its headquarters(总部) in London.
C．which was called the American Badminton Association.
D．You may discover that there are a lot of similarities between the two.
E．Some say that it started in Japan, and others say that it started from India.
F．which was then the British Badminton Association.
十、书面表达(20 分)
我们的生活中有很多东西都是前人发明的，直到今天仍在发挥着重要的作用。仔细阅读表格内容，
写一篇文章来介绍表中的三项发明(100 词左右)。
Inventions Inventors When Use
Basketball James Naismith 1891 playDrinking
Straw(吸管)
Marvin Stone 1888
drink juice
easily
Car Karl Benz 1886 travel easily
Do you know much about any inventions in our life？
_________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Unit 6 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.When was the telephone invented?
2．What is this machine used for?
3．I think your invention is useful.
4．Do you know potato chips were invented by mistake?
5．Where were the photos taken?
二、6.W：What do you think is the most useful invention, Mark?
M：The light bulb, I think.
7．M：Mary, would you like some hamburgers for lunch?
W：No, thanks. I'd like some potato chips.
8．M：My watch is broken. I want to change a new one.
W：I think you can ask Tom to repair it tomorrow.M：OK，I will.
9．W：When will you go to the zoo, Bob?
M：In half an hour.
10．M：Have you set the alarm clock, Maria?
W：Yes, I have. I set it at 7：10. Then we'll catch the bus at 9：20.
三、Text 1
M：Do you know Thomas Edison?
W：Yes. He was a great American inventor.
M：When was he born?
W：He was born on February 11th，1847.
M：Wow，you know so much about him.
Text 2
M：Look at the clouds. It's going to rain.
W：Yes. We should take our umbrellas.
M：By the way, do you know when the umbrella was invented?
W：About 3，000 years ago. It is said that Lu Ban invented it at that time.
M：Oh, I see! It's already 7：30 now.The film will start in twenty minutes.
W：Let's hurry up.
四 、 Hello ， I'm watching a robot show in Japan. There are all kinds of robots. They are so cool and
interesting. Look！The first robot named Jack was invented in 2006.He is cooking. People taste the meal and
say it's very delicious. The second robot named Mary was invented in 2008.She is dancing. She dances so
well that I want to learn to dance from her. The third robot named David was invented in 2012.He is riding a
bike. Listen ！ Who is speaking English so well ？ It's the fourth one named Jenny. She was invented in
2009.She is talking to a little girl. Can you hear the nice music？Oh，the fifth robot named Linda is playing
the violin. She was invented in 2010.How great they are!
听力答案：
一、1～5：BCABA
二、6～10：BAABA
三、11～15：CBACC
四、16.2006 17.dancing 18.2012
19．a little girl 20.violin
笔试部分五、21.A 点拨：biscuit 和 cookie 都是可数名词，cake 既可以作可数名词也可以作不可数名词； not
only...but also...作主语时，遵循就近原则，所以选 A。
22．C
23．B 点拨：本题考查不定代词。句意：——刚才谁帮助贝蒂打扫卧室？ ——没有人。她自己打扫
的。nobody“没有人”，故选 B。
24．A 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。smell 闻起来；sound 听起来；see 看；feel 摸起来。 根据
delicious“美味的”是通过嗅觉感知的，可知选 A。
25．B 点拨：考查固定结构“It is said that...”，意为“据说……”。
26．C
27．B 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。make sb. do sth.让某人做某事，但该结构用在被动语态时应为
“sb. be made to do sth.”。由句子中的 were made 可知此句为被动语态，故选 B。
28．C 点拨：本题用主谓一致法解题。a number of 大量的，相当于 many 与 a lot of，修饰名词复数；
the number of ……的数量，作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。第一个空是 there be 结构，其主语
为 books，应用 are。故选 C。
29．B 点拨：本题用固定结构法解题。stop sb. from doing sth. “阻止某人做某事”。故选 B。
30．B 点拨：本题用题眼法解题。根据 honest 可以判断“我没有理由去怀疑他说的话”。
31．B 32.C
33．B 点拨：in person 亲自； by accident 偶然； on time 按时； for free 免费。句意：我在公园里
偶然间找到了我丢失的手表。by chance 与 by accident 同义，所以选 B。
34．C 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。happen “发生”常指偶然发生； cause“造成”； take place “发
生”，常指有计划地发生；come out“出版”。根据句意可知，应该选 C。
35．B 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。句意：——万分感谢你的帮助。——不客气(是我的荣幸)。My
pleasure 别客气，是我的荣幸，用于答谢。故选 B。
六、36.C
37．A 点拨：考查代词的用法。根据上下文可知，学习用品不可能生长在地里。none“(三者或三者
以上)都不”，故此题选 A。
38．D 39.B
40．D 点拨：考查词义辨析。old“旧的”；wonderful“精彩的”； huge“巨大的”；simple“简单的”。根
据句意可知选 D。
41．B 42.C
43．C 点拨：考查词义辨析。travel“旅行”； make“制造，使得”； change“改变”； destroy“摧毁”。
句意“这些发明中的一些已经大大改变了世界……”。根据句意可知选 C。 44.D
45．A 点拨：forget“忘记”； think up“想出”； design“设计”； use up“用完，用光”。根据句意可知
选 A。46．B 47.A
48．C 点拨：考查形容词。crazy“疯狂的”； wrong“错误的”； important“重要的”； unimportant“不
重要的”。根据句意可知选 C。
49．D 50.A
七、A 51～55：TTFFT
B 56.B 点拨：细节理解题。在文章第一段第二句话就点明了茶的种类。
57．A 点拨：细节理解题。由文章第一段第四句话可知答案。
58．C 点拨：细节理解题。由文章第二段第三、四句话可知答案。
59．D 点拨：细节理解题。由文章第三段第四句话可知答案。
60．A 点拨：细节理解题。由文章最后一段第一句话可知答案。
C 61.A 点拨：细节理解题。由第一段最后两句可知选 A。
62．C 点拨：细节理解题。由第二段第一句可知选 C。
63．D 点拨：细节理解题。由第三段最后一句可知选 D。
64．A 点拨：细节理解题。由第二段的 It can use different color lights to tell the time.可知选 A。
65．B 点拨：主旨大意题。由最后一段 All in all, a watch has become more important than the time it
tells.可知选 B。
八、(一)66.mention 67.earthquake 68.ruler
69．customers 70.national
(二)71.was listed 72.boiling 73.rang
74．Suddenly 75.locked
九、76.E 77.D 78.A 79.F 80.B
十、范文：
Do you know much about any inventions in our life? Now let me tell you something about them.Some
inventions like① cars were specially invented, and some inventions like drinking straws were invented by
accident.It__is__said__that② the first basketball game was played in 1891 by James Naismith.Basketball has
become a more popular sport in the world.In 1888, drinking straws were invented by Marvin
Stone.Because__of③ this invention, we now drink juice more easily.The car was invented by Karl Benz in
1886.It__can__help__people__travel__easily.④ It has become more and more popular in the world.
名师点评：
◆本文运用了“两步一注意法”介绍发明物品的情况。先总体介绍，然后介绍物品的具体情况，主
要从发明的时间、发明者、作用等方向进行了具体介绍。
◆本文的添彩点：
①like 例如，结合实例说明，形象、明显。②“据说”，固定结构。
③“因为”，后可接名词、代词或动词的ing 形式，运用此短语说明“吸管”这项发明的好处。
④运用此句子阐述汽车的作用。
Unit 7 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1．What can he practice playing?
A B C
2．How are they allowed to go to school?
A B C
3．What's the boy's hobby?
A B C4．What is the man allowed to do on Sunday morning?
A B C
5．Where are the two speakers talking?
A B C
二、听对话，选出正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．What time does Sun Fei have to be home?
A．By 10：00 pm.
B．At 11：00 pm.
C．After 10：00 pm.
7．When did Peter get his driver's license?
A．Last week. B．Last month.
C．Last year.
8．Where are the speakers?
A．In the classroom. B．In the cinema.
C．In the hospital.
9．What don't Mary's parents allow her to do?
A．To choose her clothes.
B．To get her ears pierced.
C．To go out with her friends.
10．What does Jack's hair look like now?
A．Short. B．Curly. C．Long.三、听对话，判断正(T)误(F)(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
11．Tom's parents allow Tom to eat lots of candy.
12．Tom and Mary are both not allowed to watch TV a lot.
13．Mary's parents think some hobbies can get in the way of her study.
14．Mary usually goes to school by bike.
15．Tom thinks riding a bike is much faster than walking.
四、听短文，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．Who writes the letter?
A．Mr. Smith. B．Mary. C．Linda.
17. What does the girl do after finishing her homework?
A．She plays computer games.
B．She watches TV.
C．She does some work.
18．What can the girl buy?
A．Clothes. B．Books.
C．The things she likes.
19．What does the girl enjoy doing?
A．Doing homework with her classmates.
B．Doing homework alone.
C．Talking with her classmates.
20．How do you like the girl's parents?
A．They are careless. B．They are strict.
C．They are unkind.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．The teenagers under 16 shouldn't ________ to go to the Internet bar.
A．be allowed B．be allowing
C．allow D．allowed
22．—Where's Tonny now?
—I saw him ________ in the garden a moment ago and I told him ________．A．play; go home B．playing; to go home
C．to play; goes home D．play; going home
23． If you work harder, you'll have another ________ to play the violin at a concert.
A．sleep B．chance C．mistake D．problem
24．—Are you________about selling your house?
—Yes. I need money.
A．serious B．afraid C．strict D．nervous
25．Mr Zhang managed ________ the ticket to the concert. He was very happy.
A．to get B．get C．getting D．got
26．James is ________. I dislike him at all.
A．tiny B．interesting
C．good D．awful
27．Why not get your ears________？They will be nice.
A．pierce B．pierced
C．piercing D．to pierce
28．I regret ________ to my mother when I was ten years old.
A．talk back B．to talk back
C．talking back D．talked back
29．We waste too much water in our school every day. I think water ________
as much as possible.
A．is saved B．saves
C．was saved D．should be saved
30．Do you think ________ should be allowed to drive?
A．sixteenyearsold B．seventeenyearolds
C．fifteenyearold D．eighteenyearsolds
31． The old man was so ________ the good news that he couldn't say a word.
A．interested in B．excited about
C．afraid of D．worried about
32．Most parents think playing computer games can ________ their children's schoolwork.
A．get in the way of B．be on the way toC．have the same way to D．give way to
33．—Can I take the magazines out?
—No, sir. They________out of the reading room.It's a rule.
A．needn't be taken B．can't take
C．mustn't be taken D．should not take
34．He doesn't do his homework ________，though he has ________．
A．carefully enough; enough time
B．enough careful; time enough
C．careful enough; enough time
D．enough carefully; time enough
35．In many places of China, the old over 90________not only by their family but also by the government.
A．is taking good care B．are taken good care
C．is taken good care of D．are taken good care of
六、完形填空 (每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 170；建议用时：6 分钟)
Long long ago, there was a beautiful little girl. She was ________(36) because she had no family and no
home. She only had her clothes and some bread. But she was very kind.
A man asked her ________(37) she had something to eat. She gave him her ________(38)．
A child cried and told her that his ________(39) was very cold. So she gave him her hat.
Then, she met a child with no coat. She gave him her coat.
One day, in the cold ________(40) forest, she met another child who ________(41) her dress. The little
girl thought that it was dark and ________(42) could see her, so she gave her dress away. At last, she had
almost nothing: no family, nowhere to live, nothing to eat and little to wear. ________(43), stars fell from the
sky. These stars became beautiful pieces of money. With the money, she ________(44) a new dress and a
coat.
The little girl was rich for the ________(45) of her life and she still helped the people in need with her
money.
36．A.alone B．kind C．poor
37．A.where B．if C．when
38．A.clothes B．home C．bread
39．A.neck B．back C．head
40．A.noisy B．dark C．bright
41．A.asked for B．took off C．gave away42．A.someone B．nobody C．anybody
43．A.Suddenly B．Certainly C．Recently
44．A.chose B．borrowed C．bought
45．A.end B．beginning C．rest
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 110；建议用时：4 分钟)
Moving On
The end of school is here at last
It has come so very fast
We look ahead with such delight
The future looks so very bright
It's now time to say goodbye
We're all leaving junior high
Other subjects, a new class
Different teachers and exams to pass
For everyone in this hall
A new life awaits you all
So don't look sad and cry
You're moving on senior high
Other people, other places
Different schools, different faces
Please don't feel bad and grieve
On the day you take your leave
But celebrate and raise your glass
And say goodbye to all your class
Tips: senior high 高中
prom night 毕业晚会
positive 积极的；主动的
46．According to the poem, ________ has come so fast.
A．the end of school B．the examC．the celebration D．the new class
47．What does the underlined word delight mean?
A．Sickness. B．Sadness.
C．Happiness. D．Fairness.
48．What's waiting for you all according to the poem?
A．Too many subjects. B．The same school.
C．Similar faces. D．A new life.
49．This poem can probably be used ________．
A．in a welcome party B．in a birthday party
C．on a prom night D．on a Silent Night
50．The purpose of this poem is to ________．
A．tell us to say thanks to all our teachers
B．encourage us to be positive and move on our senior high
C．tell us that we should do something for our junior high schools
D．remind us of our happy junior high life
B(词数：约 150；建议用时：4 分钟)
Fiona brought home a notice from school：
School Uniform Rules
Sept.11th，2014
Dear parents，
Some parents have asked about the rules about dress at Popular School. Please read and buy the right
uniforms for your children this winter.
For boys：
white shirt
brown pants
blue school jacket
red tie(领带)
black belt(腰带)
grey socks
brown shoes
For girls：
pink shirt
green skirt
grey trousers(only when it is 12°C or below)
blue school jacket
long white socks
black shoesChildren can be allowed to wear blue scarves or white scarves to school. But they aren't allowed to wear hats.
The school uniform must be clean. Girls with long hair must tie(扎)their hair with yellow ribbons(丝带)．
Children can only wear sports shoes to school if they have a P．E. lesson that day. They are allowed to wear
white sports shoes only.
Thank you for your attention.
Sincerely，
John Wong(Head teacher)
51．For what season does the head teacher write this notice about the school uniform?
A．Spring. B．Summer.
C．Autumn. D．Winter.
52．Mrs Lam wants to buy a new uniform for her 14yearold son. She needs to buy ________．
A．a pink shirt B．a white shirt
C．black pants D．white socks
53．It is 18°C today. What is Jane supposed to wear to go to school?
A．Grey trousers. B．Grey socks.
C．A green skirt. D．A black school jacket.
54．Which of the following is NOT part of the school uniform?
A．Pants. B．Hats. C．Scarves. D．Socks.
55．Which is TRUE according to the reading above?
A．Girls at Popular School aren't allowed to have long hair.
B．Some parents think Popular School's uniforms are expensive.
C．Parents should buy right uniforms from Popular School for their kids.
D．Students have to wear white sports shoes for P．E.lessons at Popular School.
C (词数：约 250；建议用时：6 分钟)
Teaching is one of the most rewarding (有回报的) jobs. It is also one of the most stressful. If you want
to be a teacher, you should have a passion (激情) for young people. If you are thinking about going into
teaching for any other reason than this, you need to find another job.
Teaching is difficult. Students can be difficult. Parents can be difficult. If you do not have a passion for
the young people that you teach, you will burn out quickly. Passion is what keeps an excellent teacher going.
When students have trouble understanding what is taught, it is what drives him to spend long hours trying to
think out how to help them. If you do not have enough passion for your students, you might last a year or
two, but not long. Passion is a musthave quality (品质) for every good teacher.Teaching can be rewarding, but you shouldn't expect that reward to come easily. Teachers who search
out better and new methods are the ones who will make it. A good teacher needs to be able to work with
everyone. All teachers face stress. It is important to be able to deal with everything that is thrown at you
when you walk through your classroom doors. There are so many chances for stress within a classroom that
an excellent teacher has to be able to bring it in control. If you cannot manage stress quite well, then
teaching may not be the right job for you.
56．According to the passage, if you want to be a teacher, ________.
A．you'd better ask the writer for advice
B．passion is the most important
C．you will be best rewarded
D．you have to be young enough
57．A successful teacher is someone who ________.
A．burns out quickly and easily
B．faces the most stress and difficult parents
C．searches out better and new methods
D．has the right reason for his job
58．The key words for the passage are ________.
A．passion and stress
B．difficult and rewarding
C．deal with and be able to
D．teachers and students
59．Most stress is thrown at the teacher ________．
A．in the classroom B．from the parents
C．in a year or two D．after class
60．An excellent teacher knows ________.
A．how the reward as a teacher will come
B．how to manage everything that happens in his work
C．how long his passion for young people will last
D．how many new methods he will have to use
八、词汇运用(共 15 分)
(一)根据句意及首字母提示完成单词。(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
61．When spring comes, all the plants come out in the f________．62．Will you s________ our team in the match today?
63．You should give up s________. It's bad for your health.
64．(2015·广州)You should always knock at the door before you e________ a room.
65．The little girl couldn't find her mother, so she c________．
(二)根据所给的汉语提示完成句子。(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
66．It is the best for the old ______________________ (花时间和家人在一起).
67．We must ________ teenagers ____________(使……远离) the Internet bar.
68．I hear that you're going on a trip, but you must__________(考虑) where to go first.
69．You can __________________ (自己做决定)to buy your clothes.
70．He ________________ (别无选择)but to stay at home.
九、补全对话(有两项多余)(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
H—Henry K—Kitty
H：Hi, Kitty. Are you going to the party tonight?
K：No, I am not ________(71)．
H：You are allowed to go to parties，________(72)?
K：No.________(73) I can't do.
H：Like what?
K：Well, I'm not allowed to________(74) on school nights.
H：Really? But there are lots of good shows. You can learn ________(75)．
K：Also, I'm not allowed to shop for________(76). My mother buys them.
H：Do your parents________(77) for you?
K：No, but they have lots of rules.
H：Are you allowed________(78)?
K：Oh, no! I'm not allowed to have a pet.
H：What are you allowed to do?
K：My parents say I'm allowed to________(79). Their rules________(80) me a good student.
A．to have a pet B．watch TV
C．make D．study all night
E．allowed F．do everything
G．There are lots of things H．a lotI．clothes J．didn't you
K．aren't you L．books
十、书面表达(20 分)
假如你是初三学生李华，你们学校最近有一条新规定：禁止骑电动车去上学。就此规定给你的美
国朋友 Tom 写一封信，谈谈你的看法。
要求：①语句通顺，意思连贯，条理清楚，字迹工整；
②100 词左右，开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Tom，
How's it going? This time I'd like to talk about a new rule in our school. Every student can't ride an
electric bicycle to school.
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Yours sincerely，
Li Hua
Unit 7 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.M：I'm too tall.
W：You can practice playing basketball every day to become a professional basketball player.
2．M：We should go to school by bike. In our school, students aren't allowed to take a car or taxi.
W：Oh, we aren't either.
3．W：What's your hobby?
M：I like playing the piano.
4．W：What are you allowed to do on Sunday morning?
M：To play computer games.5．M：How long can I keep this book?
W：It can be kept for two weeks.
二、6.M：Does Sun Fei have to be home by 10：00 pm?
W：Yes, she does.
7．W：Peter，did you get your driver's license last month?
M：No. I got it last year.
8．M：Can I smoke here?
W：Sorry. You mustn't smoke in the cinema.
9．M：Mary, you look unhappy. What's wrong with you?
W：I want to wear earrings, but my parents don't allow me to get my ears pierced.
10．W：Jack，look at your hair. It's too long. You should cut your hair.
M：Mom，long hair makes me look cool.
三、W：Tom, do your parents allow you to eat lots of candy?
M: No, they don't. They say it isn't good for my teeth.Do you like eating candy, Mary?
W：Yes，I like eating candy. But I'm not allowed to watch TV a lot.
M：Neither am I. Mom says it's bad for my eyes.
W：She is right. We should spend more time on study.
M：Are you allowed to practice your hobbies as much as possible?
W: No, I am not. My parents think they can get in the way of my study.
M：By the way, how do you go to school?
W：I usually walk. How about you?
M：I ride my bike to school every day. I think riding a bike is much faster than walking.
四、W：Dear Mr. Smith，
My parents are very strict with me，and there are many rules in my family. For example，I can't play
computer games，even in my free time on weekends. I hope I could be allowed to play computer games
sometimes. It will make me relaxed. I have to do much homework. After finishing the homework，I have to
do some work my mother gives me. I can't watch TV on school nights. And I can't buy my own clothes. But I
can buy school things. I enjoy doing homework with my classmates. But my parents don't allow me to do
that. Because they think we will talk instead of studying. I disagree. In fact, we learn a lot from each other.
What should I do? I am looking forward to your reply.
Yours，
Mary听力答案：
一、1～5：ACAAC
二、6～10：ACBBC
三、11～15：FTTFT
四、16～20：BCBAB
五、21.A
22．B 点拨：本题用题眼法解题。仔细阅读题干可知，本题考查 see 和 tell 的用法。see sb. doing sth.
看见某人正在做某事，tell sb. to do sth.告诉某人做某事。
23．B 24.A
25．A 点拨：manage to do sth. “设法做成某事”，为固定用法，所以选 A。
26．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。tiny“极小的”；interesting “有趣的”； good “优秀的”；awful“讨
厌的”。根据句意可知选 D。
27．B
28．C 点拨：本题用辨析法解题。regret to do sth.“遗憾地去做某事”，表示事情还没做；regret doing
sth. “懊悔做了某事”，表示事情已经做完了。根据句意可知选 C。
29．D 点拨：water 与 save 之间是被动关系，排除 B 项。句意：我们每天在学校浪费太多的水。我
认为水应该尽可能多地被节约下来。所以选 D。
30．B 点拨：seventeenyearolds 十七岁的青少年，名词；fifteenyearold 十五岁的，形容词，作前
置定语，其他两项形式不对。
31．B
32．A 点拨：句意：许多父母认为玩电脑游戏会阻碍他们孩子的作业。 get in the way of “挡……的
路；妨碍”，所以选 A。
33．C
34A 点拨：enough 修饰形容词或副词时，一般放在其后；修饰名词时，可以放在名词前面，也可以
放在名词后面。根据题意可知需要用副词 carefully 来修饰 do，所以选 A。
35．D 点拨：用语法判定法和主谓一致法做此题。the old 指老人这一类人，故谓语动词用复数形式，
排除 A、C 两项。take good care of 意为“好好照顾”，是固定搭配，在变为被动语态时，不可丢掉
构成短语的介词 of，故排除 B 项，选 D 项。
六、36.A 点拨：alone 孤苦伶仃；kind 善良的；poor 贫穷的。根据 because she had no family and no home
可知选 A。
37．B 点拨：where 哪里；if 如果，是否；when 什么时候。根据语境可判断是表示疑问，所以选 B。
38．C 点拨：clothes 衣服；home 家；bread 面包。由 something to eat 可知选 C。
39．C 点拨：neck 脖子；back 后背；head 头。由 So she gave him her hat.可知选 C。40．B 点拨：noisy 吵闹的；dark 黑暗的；bright 明亮的。由下文的 The little girl thought that it was dark
可推出选 B。
41．A 点拨：ask for 要；take off 脱下，起飞；give away 赠送。由 so she gave her dress away 可知前
文是想要她的裙子，所以选 A。
42．B 点拨：someone 某人；nobody 没有人；anybody 任何人。由语境可知要表示没有人能够看到
她，所以选 B。
43．A 点拨：suddenly 突然；certainly 当然；recently 最近。根据语境可知选 A。
44．C 点拨：choose 选择；borrow 借；buy 买。根据 With the money 可知选 C。
45．C 点拨：end 结尾；beginning 开始；rest 剩余。根据语境可知是女孩的余生很富有，所以选 C。
七、A 46.A 点拨：细节理解题。由 The end of school is here at last 和 It has come so very fast 可知选
A。
47．C 点拨：词义猜测题。由 The future looks so very bright 可推知画线部分表示幸福，所以选 C。
48．D 点拨：细节理解题。由 A new life awaits you all 可知选 D。
49．C 点拨：推理判断题。通读全文可推知此诗歌应是在毕业晚会上用来鼓励离开初中步入高中的
学生的，所以选 C。
50．B 点拨：推理判断题。由 So don't look sad and cry 和 You're moving on senior high 可推知是在鼓
励学生以乐观的心态步入高中，故选 B。
B 51.D
52．B 点拨：细节理解题。由原文内容“For boys：white shirt”可知选 B。
53．C 54.B 55.D
C 56.B 点拨：细节理解题。由第一段第三句“If you want to be a teacher, you should have a passion(激
情) for young people.”可知。
57．C 点拨：细节理解题。由第三段第二句“Teachers... who will make it.”可知。
58．A 点拨：主旨大意题。这篇文章主要论述了拥有激情和正确面对压力是成为一名好老师的关键。
所以文章的中心词应当是“激情与压力”。故选 A。
59．A 点拨：细节理解题。由第三段内容“It is important to... through your classroom doors.”可知。
60．B 点拨：推理判断题。文章介绍了一名优秀的老师必须有激情，能正确面对压力，能够与每个
人相处。所以，一位优秀的老师是应该能够知道如何处理工作中发生的任何事情。故选 B。
八、(一)61.field 62.support 63.smoking
64．enter 65.cried
(二)66.to spend time with their family
67．keep；away from 68.think about
69．make your own decision 70.had no choice九、71～75：E K G B H 76～80：I F A D C
十、范文：
Dear Tom，
How's it going? This__time__I'd__like__to__talk__about__a__new__rule__in__our_
_school.__Every__student__can't__ride__an__electric__bicycle__to__school.__In__my__opinion,__I__support_
_the__rule.①
I think we shouldn't be__allowed__to__ride__electric__bicycles.② It is dangerous to ride them when the
traffic is heavy. What's more, because we are young, we aren't careful enough. Some traffic accidents have
happened because of electric bicycles. We can ride bikes instead__of② them.
However, some students are against the rule. They think students should be allowed to ride electric bicycles.
It__is__convenient__for__them__and__it__can__take__less__time __to__go__
to__school,__and__they__won't__be__tired.③
Please write back soon and tell me about your opinion.
Yours sincerely，
Li Hua
名师点评：
◆本文很好地运用“总分法”进行写作。首先提出问题，然后具体叙述问题。短文整体上语句通顺，内
容充实。
◆本文的添彩点：
①总说学校最近的新规定。
②be allowed to do sth.和 instead of 运用较好。
③It is convenient for sb....和 It takes some time to do sth.的使用比较好。
Unit 8 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 十一 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选出与所听句子内容相符的图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
(1)__________ (2)_________ (3)____________
________(4) ________(5)
二、听对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．Who is the owner of the toy car?
A．Paul. B．Carl. C．Fred.
7．What color is John's bike?
A．Black. B．Light blue. C．Dark blue.
8．Where did Jane get the earrings?
A．From her sister. B．From her mother.
C．From her brother.
9．What are they talking about?
A．Swimming. B. Dream. C．Drive.
10．Why is Jack unhappy?
A．Because he can't go to Fred's birthday party.
B．Because his friend doesn't lend him money.
C．Because he has not got enough money to buy a present for his friend.
三、听长对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，完成第 11～12 小题。
11．What did Lina find?
A．A pen. B．A storybook. C．An English book.
12．Who does it belong to?
A．Linda. B．Sandy. C．Toby.
听第二段对话，完成第 13～15 小题。
13．What's wrong with Tom?A．He can't find his schoolbag.
B．He can't find his football.
C．He can't find his math book.
14．What color is Tom's schoolbag?
A．Blue. B．Yellow. C．Black.
15．What's in the schoolbag?
A．An eraser.
B．An English book and some tennis balls.
C．An English book and some pingpong balls.
四、听短文，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．What was the weather like last night?
A．Snowy. B．Rainy. C．Windy.
17．What did the girl's parents do last night?
A．They went to a meeting.
B．They went to the TV station.
C．They went to a party.
18．How did the girl feel after she saw a monster?
A．Excited. B．Scared. C．Surprised.
19．Who was it at the window?
A．The girl's parents. B．A thief.
C．A lost lion.
20．Who did the girl call?
A．The police. B．Her parents. C．Her neighbor.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选项(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．There are some ________ in the zoo.
A．wolf B．wolfs C．wolves D．wolfes
22．—________ is knocking at the door. Tom, go and see who it is.
—OK. But ________ is here.A．Somebody; everybody B．Somebody; nobody
C．Anybody; nobody D．Anybody; everybody
23．—Look! Here comes your mom's car.
—It ________ be hers. She sold her car yesterday.
A．must B．can't C．needn't D．might
24． Li Na is one of ________ tennis players in the world.
A．most famous B．the most famous
C．more famous
25． Your application won't ________ until you complete the survey.
A．accept B．receive C．be accepted D．be received
26．— Do you come to South Korea for the ________ of seeing your family or doing business?
—I come here on business.
A．interest B．benefit C．purpose D．thought
27．—I wonder if this smart phone is Mary's.
—It ________ belong to her. ________ is totally different from this one.
A．mustn't; Her B．can't; Her
C．can't; Hers D．may; Hers
28． We didn't enjoy the day ________ the weather was so bad.
A．because B．though C．unless D．till
29．Drinking more boiled water can prevent us from catching a cold.
A．help B．stop C．save D．take
30．—________ bookcase is this?
—It must be ________．
A．Who's; Tom B．Who's; Tom's
C．Whose; Tom's D．Whose; Tom
31．Lucy was so ________ that she fell ________ in a minute.
A．asleep; sleepy B．sleep; asleep
C．sleepy; asleep D．sleepy; sleep
32．—Whose notebook is this?
—It ________ be Tom's. It has his name on it.A．must B．may C．might D．can't
33．—Whose Tshirt is this?
—It ________ be John's. It's ________ small for him.
A．can't; much too B．can't; too much
C．mustn't; much too D．mustn't; too much
34．What ________ in the neighborhood this time yesterday?
A．happened B．was happened
C．was happening D．is happening
35．The boy didn't sleep well last night because of the ________ from the factory.
A．voice B．noise C．music D．song
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 190；建议用时：5 分钟)
Tony and his friends found a strange old box and a treasure map.They thought these ________(36) be
from Stickybeard, a famous Spanish pirate(海盗)who ________ (37) a lot of treasure in a secret place.They
were very ________(38)and started to look for the treasure.
They ________(39) the map and found another small box. In the box，they found a few candies, the letter
________(40) and another map.The new map led them to a big tree where they found another box with some
candies, a new map, and a big letter O．They went on and found another ________(41) boxes with the letters
V and E．However, on the last map they found this was a puzzle(谜)．
They spent a long time arguing about the meaning of the puzzle.________(42), Alex ， one of Tony's
friends, found the answer. “We should put the letters we have ________(43) before the words of Father and
Mother.Father and Mother are our parents.________(44) the answer to the puzzle is ‘love your parents’，” he
said.
The great treasure Stickybeard left them was a great piece of ________(45)—love your parents.From
then on, Tony and his friends loved their parents more than ever.
36．A.might B．can't C．should D．couldn't
37．A.made B．took C．hid D．bought
38．A.tired B．sad C．excited D．terrified
39．A.found B．read C．drew D．lost
40．A.M B．P C．Y D．L
41．A.two B．three C．four D．five
42．A.Also B．Still C．However D．Later
43．A.written B．read C．collected D．memorized
44．A.If B．So C．Or D．Because45．A.paper B．advice C．gold D．clothing
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A(词数：约 200；建议用时：4 分钟)
Is there anything strange high up in the world's tallest mountains? If so, is it a big bear? Is it a monkey？
Or is it a kind of man? No one knows.This mystery has puzzled the world for years.
In 1887, a mountain climber found large footsteps in the snow.They looked like the footsteps of a very
large man.But men can't walk without shoes in the snow!
In 1906, another climber saw many more footsteps.He saw a very large animal standing on two legs.As
he watched, it ran away very quickly.Fifteen years later, a newspaper had new stories about the
“something”．A mountain climber said he had seen the snowman walk slowly in the snow.He said it looked
like a very large man.
From then on, more and more people had stories to tell.But not until 1951 did a mountain climber bring
back pictures of the large footsteps.The pictures showed clearly that the snowman walked on two legs.So it
was not a bear or a monkey.Could it be an apeman? And the mystery keeps growing.Someday we may find
out what made the large footsteps.
46．The passage is about ________．
A．some mountain climbers
B．some strange animals
C．the snow
D．the mystery of the large footsteps
47．Why were people interested in the footsteps?
A．Because they were footsteps of a large bear.
B．Because they looked like the footsteps of a very large man.
C．Because they were found in the snow.
D．Because they were found in the mountains.
48．When were the pictures of the large footsteps taken?
A．In 1887. B．In 1906. C．In 1951. D．In 1921.
49．Why does the mystery keep growing after a mountain climber brought back pictures of the large footsteps?
A．Because they were footsteps of an apeman.
B．Because they were footsteps of a snowman.
C．Because the pictures showed clearly how the snowman walked.
D．Because people still don't know what made the footsteps.
50．Which is the best title of the passage?A．Snow B．The large footsteps
C．A big bear D．A monkey
B (词数：约 290；建议用时：6 分钟)
Emily and Alex were happy when their family moved to a house with a very big garden. They could
climb up trees, grow flowers and even play badminton. They liked to watch the birds flying among the
trees in the garden. They even started to put food out to attract more birds.
Everything was fine for a few days until one afternoon there was a strange bumping noise on a window.
Emily went outside and found a small bird dead on the grass. Its neck seemed to be broken.
“It must have flown into the window, ” Alex said when his sister Emily called him to have a look. “Ah,
yes, look here. You can see the mark where it hit the window. There are a couple of tiny feathers stuck(粘
贴) on the window.”
“Poor thing！” Emily said.
During the next month, five more birds died in the same way. “Why would they fly to the windows？”
they wondered. Finally they found out the truth. When the birds were flying, they couldn't see into the
rooms. All they saw was the reflection(反射) of the garden. They thought that they were flying into trees
because they saw trees reflected by the window.
“Something has to be done to save the birds，” the parents decided.
At first, the family tried keeping curtains(窗帘) across the windows, but this made the room dark.
Then they bought some strong black paper and cut out the shape of a hawk. They made six hawks — one for
each window. They stuck the hawks to the windows. They looked pretty and did not keep out much light.
When the birds saw the hawks, they would fly away.
After that, there were no more dead birds. The family were much happier.
51．They put food out to attract birds because they ________.
A．had a special garden for birds
B．wanted to see more birds flying in the garden
C．had too much bird food to feed the birds
D．wanted to catch some birds in the garden
52．________ birds died in the garden.
A．4 B．5 C．6 D．7
53．The birds flew to the windows because they ________.
A．found the windows very clean
B．fought for more food
C．thought there were more trees ahead
D．wanted to go into the room 54．The underlined word “hawk” means ________．
A．鹰 B．丛林 C．山脉 D．燕子
55．The story is mainly about ________．
A．why the birds died in the garden
B．the family were good at papercutting
C．the family had a very big new house
D．how the family saved the birds in the garden
C (词数：约 200；建议用时：5 分钟)
For ten weeks, in a great house on the island of St Thomas, Dr John C. Lilly tried to teach a sixyearold
dolphin to speak English. Margaret Howe, an experiment(实验) helper, would live day and night with Peter,
a dolphin. And they would eat, bathe, sleep and play together from Sunday to Friday, with only Saturdays off
for Margaret. She lived her life in swimming clothes—with a coat on colder evenings—and cut her hair short
so that she could get on with Peter more easily.
After a few days, Peter was becoming more and more interested in winning her attentions. He threw a
ball against her shower towel to get her to play. As time went by, he only wanted to play ball with her and
not on his own.
The problem was that, just at the time Peter and Margaret began to get on well just as two best friends,
the experiment ended and the lab was closed. After a few weeks, Margaret received the sad news that Peter
had killed himself by refusing to breathe, and sinking to the bottom of his pool.
Dolphins may not speak English—but, just like humans, they know all about broken hearts.
56．Peter is the name of ________．
A．a doctor B．a dolphin
C．a scientist D．an experiment helper
57. Margaret worked ________ days a week during the experiment.
A．four B．five C．six D．seven
58．To live with the dolphin, Margaret couldn't ________．
A．cut her hair short
B．have a common life like others
C．wear swimming clothes
D．eat, bathe and play together with him
59．The ending of the story was that ________．
A．Margaret didn't leave the lab
B．the lab was closed and the dolphin died C．the dolphin could speak English at last
D．Dr John C. Lilly was satisfied with the experiment
60．From this passage, we can learn that ________．
A．dolphins aren't worth studying
B．dolphins can't be humans' good friends
C．dolphins can't communicate with humans
D．dolphins may have feelings just like humans
八、根据句意及汉语提示完成单词(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
61．We went to a ________(野餐) last Friday. And we had a good time.
62．There is something ________(贵重的) in this schoolbag.
63．Can you ________(参加) my birthday party this Saturday?
64．Put on your ________(外套)．It is cold outside.
65．He ________ (表达) his idea in English easily at the meeting yesterday.
九、补全对话(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
A：There is a wallet on the ground.________(66)
B：Let's see what's in the wallet!
A：There's a key, a telephone card, a picture of Zhou Jielun，an invoice(发票)and some money, about 100
yuan.
B：________(67)
A：Why do you think so?
B：Boys seldom use this kind of wallet.
A：You are right.________ (68)
B：______ (69)She likes listening to Zhou Jielun's songs.
A：I don't think so.Many girls in our class like his songs besides her.
B：I remember Lily has a telephone card like this.The wallet may be hers.
A：Look at the invoice.It said an English novel was bought yesterday.
B：Yes，Meimei told me that Lily had just bought an English novel.________(70)
A：OK, let's ask her tomorrow.
A．It must be a girl's.
B．Whose is it?C．It might belong to Linda.
D．I think it must be Lily's.
E．It can't be a boy's wallet.
十、根据上下文及首字母提示完成短文(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 200；建议用时：6 分钟)
Strange footprints
What happened?
Mr. Green runs a toy company. His c________(71) will make some new toys next month. He puts the
design for the new toys in a safe box. This morning, he finds his design m________(72)!
Mr. Green calls a detective for help. The detective looks through Mr. Green's office and looks around
his company c________(73). He sees some s________(74) dots and footprints outside Mr. Green's company.
Then he asks the four suspects (犯罪嫌疑人) to get together. He p________ (75) out the thief. How does the
detective know?
The suspects：
Mr. Green's secretary (秘书) : Nancy
She keeps the key to Mr. Green's safe box. She is a very careless girl. She sometimes forgets
w________(76) she puts the key.
Mr. Green's friend: Jack
He said he did not s________(77) the design. He broke his left leg by a________(78) in a basketball game.
He cannot walk. He needs a wheelchair or a crutch (腋杖) .
A spy: Amy
She works for a________(79) toy company. Her boss s________(80) her to Mr. Green's company. Her
task is to steal the design for Mr. Green's new toys.
A worker: Gary
Mr. Green fired some workers last week. Gary was among them. He lost his job.
十一、书面表达(20 分)
一次考试后，老师发现一张没有署名的英文试卷无人认领。请根据提示写一篇以“Whose paper is
this？”为题的短文，来分析一下试卷是哪位同学的。词数 90 左右。
提示：①试卷得了 100 分，一定是擅长英语的学生(Judy，Nancy or Mark)的；
②卷面整洁，字迹工整，推测不可能是 Mark 的，而是女生(Judy or Nancy)的；
③Judy 已经拿到试卷，因此推测是 Nancy 的。
提示：must，might, can't, do well in, top student, tidy, handwriting, belong to
Whose paper is this?
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Unit 8 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.The sweater can't be my son's.It's too big for him.
2．Look! Two birds are flying happily in the sky.
3．The boy must be swimming for exercise.
4．There must be three monkeys playing in the tree.
5．The man could be running to catch the bus.
二、6.W：What's that, Paul?
M：A toy car.
W：Is it Carl's?
M：No. It belongs to Fred.
7．W：Is this bike yours, Jim?
M：No, mine is black. Isn't it Tom's? His is blue.
W：But his is light blue. This one is dark blue.
M：Then it must be John's, I think.
8．M：Jane, you've got a nice pair of earrings.Were they a present from your mother?
W：Yes, you are right.
9．M：Did you dream last night?
W：Yes, I did. In my dream I was swimming in an ocean.
10．W：You look unhappy, Jack. What's the matter?
M：Tomorrow is my best friend, Fred's birthday, but I haven't got enough money to buy him a present.
三、Text 1
M：Hey，Linda!W：Hey, Toby! Is this your English book?
M：No, it isn't. Mine is in my desk.
W：I found it under your desk. I thought it was yours.
M: It's Sandy's. Look, she wrote her name on the cover.
W：Oh, yes. Let's go and find her together.
Text 2
W：You look unhappy. What's wrong with you，Tom?
M：I can't find my schoolbag.
W：Do you have anything valuable in your schoolbag?
M：No, just my tennis balls and an English book.
W：Toby found a schoolbag yesterday. What color is your schoolbag?
M：It's blue.
W：Yes, it's blue and a letter “T” is on the schoolbag.
M：Oh, the schoolbag must be mine.
W：Let's go and find Toby.
四、W：I had an exciting experience last night. It was a dark and rainy night. After finishing my homework，
I was going to bed. Just then，I heard the sounds of footsteps at my window. Who was it？It couldn't be my
father or mother，because they had gone to their friend's birthday party. It couldn't be a thief，either. A thief
felt afraid，and he could be quiet. It might be my neighbor. Maybe he wanted to go to work. But after a bright
light，I saw a terrible monster at my window. I felt very scared and ran to my bed quickly. In the bed，I
remembered the TV news about a lost lion at the local zoo in the evening. Yes，it must be the lost lion. Then I
couldn't wait to call the police. Isn't it an exciting experience?
听力答案：
一、1～5：ADBEC
二、6～10：CCBBC
三、11～15：CBAAB
四、16～20：BCBCA
笔试部分
五、21.C 点拨：本题考查名词的复数形式。 wolf 狼，其复数形式为 wolves，故选 C。 22.B
23．B 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。表示否定的推测应用 can't(不可能)。根据句意可知选 B。
24．B 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。one of＋the＋形容词的最高级＋名词的复数，意为“……之
一”。故选 B。25．C 点拨：本题用词语辨析法解题。分析句子主语 Your application 和谓语动词 accept 的关系可知，
它们是被动关系，故排除 A、B 两项；而 accept 表示接受，receive 表示收到。分析句意可知“你
的申请要等到你完成了调查才会被接受”，故选 C。
26．C 点拨：interest 兴趣；benefit 利益； purpose 目的；thought 思想。句意：——你来韩国的目的
是看你的家人还是出差？——我来这儿出差。所以选 C。
27．C 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。第一空考查情态动词表示推测，表示否定的推测“不可能”，
只能为 can't，第二空考查名词性物主代词“她的”，只能填 hers，故选 C。
28．A 点拨：考查连词的用法。句意：因为天气太糟糕，那天我们玩得不开心。because 因为，引导
原因状语从句；though 虽然，引导让步状语从句；unless 除非，引导条件状语从句；till 直到……
为止，引导时间状语从句。根据句意可知，天气糟糕是造成不开心的原因，故选 A。
29．B 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。prevent sb. from doing sth. 与 stop sb. from doing sth.同义，表
示“阻止某人做某事”。故选 B。
30．C 点拨：whose 谁的；who's 谁是；Tom's 汤姆的。根据句意可知选 C。
31．C 点拨：asleep 睡着；sleepy 困倦的；sleep 睡觉。句意：露西如此困倦以至于她一会儿就睡着
了。所以选 C。
32．A 33.A 34.C
35．B 点拨：voice 嗓音；noise 噪音；music 音乐；song 歌曲。句意：由于那个工厂的噪音，这个男
孩昨晚没睡好。所以选 B。
六、36.A 37.C 38.C
39．B 点拨：既然发现了藏宝的地图，他们一定会看地图，注意在此处 read 是过去式。
40．D 点拨：联系上下文做此题。通过第三段可知他们找到了答案：这些字母组合成一个单词
——LOVE；又由第二段可知他们后来又发现了 O、V 和 E 三个字母，由此可知他们第一次发现
的字母为 L。
41．A 42.D 43.C
44．B 点拨：联系上下文可知，Tony and his friends 共收集到了 L、O、V 和 E 四个字母，因此把这
四个字母组成的单词 love 放在 parents 之前，就得到了谜底——love your parents。“so”连词，意为
“因此”。
45．B 点拨：“一条建议”表达为“a piece of advice”，需要注意 advice 是不可数名词。
七、A 46.D 点拨：主旨大意题。通篇都是围绕 the large footsteps 进行阐述的，故选 D。 47.B
48．C 点拨：细节理解题。由短文最后一段中句子“But not until 1951...bring back pictures of the large
footsteps.”一句可知。
49．D 50.B
B 51.B 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第一段第三句“They liked to watch the birds flying among the trees
in the garden.”可知，正确答案为 B。
52．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第二段可知有一只小鸟死了，再由第五段的第一句可知另外 5只也死了，故总共有 6 只鸟死去了。
53．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第五段最后一句的描述可知。
54．A
55．D 点拨：主旨大意题。根据文章内容可知，本文描述了一家人如何拯救花园中的鸟的故事，故
选 D。
C 56.B 点拨：细节理解题。由短文第一段中句子“Margaret Howe, an experiment(实验) helper, would
live day and night with Peter, a dolphin.”可以得出答案。
57．C 点拨：细节理解题。由短文第一段中句子“...with only Saturdays off for Margaret.”可以得出答案。
58．B 点拨：推理判断题。由文章的第一段中玛格丽特的日常生活可以看出，她和常人的生活是不
一样的。
59．B 点拨：细节理解题。由文章的第三段内容可以得到答案。
60．D 点拨：主旨大意题。从全文可以看出，海豚和玛格丽特生活在一起，因实验结束而自杀，可
见他们产生了感情，故选 D。
八、61.picnic 62.valuable 63.attend
64．coat 65.expressed
九、66.B 67.A 68.E 69.C 70.D
十、71. company 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据上句可知答案为 company。
72．missing 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据下文提到请侦探(detective)可知，应该是他的设计
方案不见了。
73．carefully 74.strange 75. points
76．where 点拨：分析句子前后的语法结构可知，这里需要用关系副词 where 作地点状语。
77．steal 78.accident 79.another
80．sends 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。根据短文前后的描述可知埃米是一个来自其他公司的“间
谍”，她的老板派她来偷这个设计方案。
十一、范文：
Whose paper is this?
There is a paper without① a name on it. Our__teacher__doesn't__know__whose __it__is.②
I__think__this__paper__must__belong__to__a__student__who__does__well_ _in__English③.Because he
or she has got full marks in the test.So it could belong to a top student—Judy, Nancy or Mark.Besides, the
paper is tidy and the handwriting is good, so it can't be Mark's.It could belong to a girl.Judy has got her
paper.So I think it must be Nancy's. Let's go and ask her.
名师点评：
◆本文较好地运用了“三步逻辑推理法”，先分析事实和结果的联系，然后进行推理。◆本文的添彩点：
①运用 without 点明物品没有主人。
②此处运用宾语从句 whose it is。
③句中的 does well in 可以替换为 is good at。这一长句也可以分写为两个短句：I think this paper
must belong to a student.The student does well in English.。
Unit 9 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题 号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总 分
得 分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，选出恰当的应答语(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1．A.Yes, she is. B．Yes，she does. C．She prefers songs.
2．A.I love singers who sing the words clearly.
B．Brazilian dance music.
C．Oh, I don't.
3．A.I enjoy it a lot. B．Its name is “Heart Strings”．
C．I like the music that is gentle.
4．A.It's Xinyu.
B．I like songs that have great lyrics.
C．No, I don't.
5．A.Because the music reminds me of him.
B．Because he sings the songs clearly.
C．He is twenty.
二、听小对话，选出能回答问题的正确图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．What is the boy's sister good at?
A B C7．What does the woman prefer?
A B C
8．What kind of music does the man like?
A B C
9．What do they both like eating?
A B C
10．What photos has Amy White taken?
A B C
三、听长对话，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，完成第 11～12 小题。
11．What was Lucy doing when Mike called her?
A．She was reading.
B．She was listening to music.
C．She was watching TV.
12．What kind of music does Lucy like best?A．Pop music. B．Electronic music.
C．Loud music.
听第二段对话，完成第 13～15 小题。
13．Which cinema are they going to?
A．The one in the shopping center.
B．The one next to the post office.
C．The one near the market.
14．How are they getting there?
A．On foot. B．By car. C．By bus.
15．When does the film start?
A．At 3：50. B．At 4：10. C．At 4：30.
四、听短文，补全句子(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．To the writer，music is ________ and water.
17．Music is ________ in our life no matter you pay attention to it or not.
18．If you are waiting for a train, a piece of music will ________ the time seem shorter.
19．Some people enjoy listening to the ________ of the sea or the singing of the birds.
20．In fact，________ has meaning for everyone in some way.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21． Sandy likes the actors ________ are popular among teenagers.
A．who B．which C．whom
22．Most of the young adults like the music that they can sing ________ or dance ________．
A．to; along with B．along with; to
C．to; to D．along; to
23．—What are you doing?
—I'm reading the book ________ you lent me last week.
A．what B．who C．when D．that
24． Parents often ________ their children ________ some good living conditions.
A．offer; to B．provide; for C．provide; with
25．—Would you like ________ there?—I prefer ________，but we have to take a taxi, for time is limited.
A．walking；to walk B．to walk；walking
C．walk；to walk D．walk；walk
26．—Which do you prefer，orange juice or coffee?
—Either________OK. But I prefer coffee________ milk.
A．are；with B．is；with C．are；to D．is；to
27．Let's ________ Xiaodong. He is very sad because of his lost pet cat.
A．set up B．cheer up C．put up
28．There are more than 2，000 students in our school ________ this year.
A．by the way B．in total
C．by chance D．in time
29．—I missed the beginning of the movie Spider Man last night.
—________！ But you can get some information on the Internet.
A．Hurry up B．Never mind
C．Good luck D．What a pity
30．Do you like reading the novels ________ by Lao She?
A．write B．writing C．written D．to write
31．What kind of movies does Kimi feel like ________？
A．watch B．watched
C．watching D．to watch
32．Beijing is one of the ________ in the world today.
A．busiest city B．busiest cities
C．busy city D．busy cities
33．—Tom! ________ the tap or the grass will get too wet.
—OK, Mom. I will do that.
A．Take off B．Put off C．Shut off D．Get off
34．— Can you guess what Anna is doing now?
—I ________ she is listening to music at home.
A．remember B．agree C．suggest D．suppose
35．After Mike ________， he continued ________ on the street.A．get married; play B．married; play
C．got married; to play D．gotten married; playing
六、完形填空(每小题 1.5 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 200；建议用时：6 分钟)
Ah Niu's original name is Chen Qingxiang.Before 1997, he was just a ________ (36)person in Malaysia
and Singapore.After his song was ________ (37)by Richie Jen(任贤齐), Ah Niu became popular.His most
unforgettable songs include Girls Across the Way Look Over Here, Love Me Forever, Peach Blossom One by
One(《桃花朵朵开》)and Hug the Little Koala.He also wrote a few hits for several ________(38) Taiwan pop
singers like Ren'e Liu(刘若英)．
Peach Blossom One by One was a great ________(39)．The idea for the song came from one of Ah Niu's
________(40) to the Chinese Mainland.Ah Niu saw a large area full of blossoming peach trees.Then he
________(41)many people working in other cities, away from their homes.Many of them ________(42)to their
hometowns during the Spring Festival, so Ah Niu wrote this song to describe how all of a person's family
members ________(43) for his return under the peach trees.This made it a perfect song for the Spring Festival
________ (44)．
One song from Ah Niu's album is I Want to Sing a Song for You，which was written for Ah Niu's little
daughter. But he says that his daughter ________(45) understand what he's singing about until she grows up.
36．A.normal B．common C．different D．usual
37．A.remembered B．danced C．written D．sung
38．A.famous B．honest C．brave D．tall
39．A.entertainment B．feature
C．success D．risk
40．A.courses B．visits C．talks D．meetings
41．A.complained about B．heard from
C．believed in D．thought about
42．A.brought B．returned C．sent D．took
43．A.keep B．run C．wait D．sit
44．A.lyrics B．celebrations
C．researches D．appointments
45．A.needn't B．shouldn't
C．must not D．may not
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 170；建议用时：5 分钟)
MARS— The Red Planet “MARS—The Red Planet ！ ” is one of our Early Reader Space books. It has surprising facts and
photos explaining all about Mars. Aiming mainly at kids aged 7—10, it's an interesting way for readers to
find out more about the red planet.
The Weather
“The Weather” is one of our Early Earth books for boys and girls aged 13—15. This is a fun and
fantastic way for readers to find out more about the weather on our earth. It offers information in a fun
way—mixing facts, photos, and even has a web page with video clips explaining more about the information
in the book.
Horses
Kids Book of Fun Facts & Amazing Pictures on Animals in Nature — A Perfect Horse Book for Kids
Aged 5—8.
The book written by Kate describes the most noble animal on the planet for early readers. The book is
packed with beautiful and clear pictures that help your child to understand the (fun) facts about this animal. It
also includes anatomy(解剖) of horses.
46．If your sister wants to know more about the space, she can choose ________．
A．MARS —The Red Planet! B．The Weather
C. Horses D．The Earth
47．“The Weather” is one of our Early Earth books for boys and girls aged ________．
A．5—8 B．13—15 C．7—10 D．8—13
48．“Horses” is about ________．
A．the most noble animal on the planet
B．the weather on our earth
C．the red planet
D．a web page with video clips
49．Which is true according to the ads(广告) above?
A．The Weather is about the Moon.
B．Horses was written by Kate.
C．MARS—The Red Planet! is about the most noble animal.
D．Horses is a perfect book for kids aged 7—10.
50．The subject of the three books is on ________．
A．history B．geography C．science D．math
B (词数：约 210；建议用时：6 分钟)“MakeAWish” is one of the world's most wellknown charities(慈善机构). It makes wishes come true
for children who have serious illnesses. It gives them hope and joy and helps them forget about their health
problems and have fun.
It all started in 1980 in Phoenix, Arizona. Christopher was a 7yearold boy who was very sick. He
always dreamed of becoming a police officer. Tommy Austin and Ron Cox, two police officers, made his
wish come true. They gave Christopher a tour of the city in a police helicopter(直升飞机) and made a real
police uniform(制服) for him.
There are four kinds of wishes children usually have:
I wish to go. Children usually want to travel or go to a concert, a game or a park.
I wish to meet. Children sometimes want to meet their favourite actors, singers or players.
I wish to be. Some children wish to become actors, singers or police officers.
I wish to have. They often want to have a computer, a game, a bike or many other things.
Let's hope more wishes will come true in the future. People who work in the charity always try for the
best. Almost 25 000 volunteers (志愿者) help, work or give money. Will you be one of them?
51. “MakeAWish” is a charity to help ________．
A．sick children B．serious officers
C．famous actors D．popular singers
52. What did the two police officers do for Christopher?
A．They gave him a computer.
B．They gave him a tour of the city.
C．They took him to a concert.
D．They took him to the hospital.
53. Which kind of wishes does Christopher have?
A．I wish to go. B．I wish to meet.
C．I wish to be. D．I wish to have.
54. The purpose of the last paragraph is to ________．
A．explain what “MakeAWish” is
B．encourage more people to join the charity
C．tell us how Christopher's wish came true
D．introduce different kinds of children's wishes
55. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Sick children just wish to get well. B．Christopher and Tommy are two officers.
C．A few people are working for “MakeAWish”．
D．“MakeAWish” has a history of over 30 years.
C (词数：约 250；建议用时：8 分钟)
Thomas Edison lit up the world with his invention of the electric light. Without him, the world might
still be in the dark. However, the electric light was not his only invention. He also invented the motion
picture camera and over 1,200 other things. About every two weeks he created something new.
Thomas Edison was born in 1847.He attended school for only three months. His mother taught him at
home, but Thomas was mostly selfeducated. He started experimenting at a young age.
When he was 12 years old, he got his first job. He became a newsboy on a train. He did experiments on
the train in his spare time. Unluckily, his first work experience did not end well. They fired him when he
accidentally set fire to the floor of the train. Then Edison worked for five years as a telegraph operator, but he
continued to spend much of his time in experimenting his first patent(专利权) in 1868 for a vote recorder run
by electricity.
Thomas Edison was totally deaf in one ear and hard of hearing in the other, but he thought of his
deafness as a blessing in many ways. It kept conversations short, so that he could have more time for work.
He always worked 16 out of every 24 hours. Sometimes his wife had to remind him to sleep and eat.
Thomas Edison died at the age of 84.He left a great many inventions that greatly improved the quality
of life all over the world.
56. How often did Edison make a new invention?
A．About every fourteen days.
B．About every seven days.
C．About once a week.
D．About twice a week.
57. The underlined word “fired” in the passage means “________”．
A．Gave somebody a job. B．Set fire to somebody.
C．Let somebody down. D．Forced somebody to leave his job.
58. Edison considered his deafness as ______．
A．something bad B．a gift from God
C．a kind of ability D．a disadvantage
59. Which of the following sentences is NOT true according to the passage?
A．Edison had only 8 hours' rest each day after his deafness.
B．Edison got his education mostly by selfteaching.C．Edison had his first job in 1869.
D．Edison's inventions greatly improved the quality of people's life.
60. What does the passage mainly talk about?
A．The function of the electric light.
B．Edison and his experiments.
C．The importance of inventions.
D．The whole life of Edison.
八、词汇运用(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
(一)根据句意及首字母提示完成单词。
61．I think your p________ will be a great encouragement to the boy.
62．The old woman plants many flowers in her garden and waters them in her s______ time.
63．“Show me your w________”， the doctor said.
64．Zhang Yimou is a famous d________．
65．The d________ between the two kids is very interesting. They are talking happily.
(二)选择合适的短语并用其适当形式完成句子。
66．You don't like this place? ________________， you can change with him.
67．I don't quite like swimming. So I just go swimming ________________．
68．She does ________ ride her old bike ________. She drives her car to work.
69．The runner is ________ tired ________ continue the race, so he stops to have a rest.
70．As students, we should ________________ the rules that are useful to us.
九、补全对话 (每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
(Jane and Lin Tao are talking about classical(古典的) music, pop music and the Beijing Opera.)
Lin Tao：I really love classical music.________(71)
Jane：What about pop music? Do you like it?
Lin Tao：Yes, but not so much as classical music.
Jane：Well, I'm interested in pop music. I like it very much.
Lin Tao：________ (72)
once in a while, in that case, stick to，
not... anymore, too...to Jane：Yes, certainly.
Lin Tao：________(73)
Jane：Only a little, but it doesn't matter whether I understand the words or not.________(74)
Lin Tao：How about the Beijing Opera? Do you like it, too?
Jane：________(75)
Lin Tao：Really? I don't like it at all. I'm afraid I'll fall asleep if I listen to it.
It's much too slow.
A．Do you like Chinese pop music, too?
B．I just enjoy listening to it.
C．Yes, I do. It's very beautiful.
D．It's so wonderful that I listen to it every day.
E．But do you understand it?
十、书面表达(20 分)
假如你是张晓帆，是一名中学生。你偶然听到了一档音乐节目，非常喜欢。请用英语给该节目主
持人写一封信，谈谈你对节目的看法与感受。
信的内容须包括：①你通常在学习间隙或疲劳时打开收音机收听这个节目 Music Sky；②你从中学
到了很多英语单词；③你最喜欢 Say You，Say Me 这首歌，希望得到歌词。
要求：①70 词左右，语句通顺、无语法错误；
②信的开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数。
Dear Madam，
I am a middle school student. ________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Yours sincerely，
Zhang Xiaofan
Unit 9 标准检测卷
听力材料 一、1.Does Mary like songs that are long?
2．What kind of music do you like?
3．What do you think of that CD?
4．What's your favorite group?
5．Why do you like him?
二、6.W：Listen! Somebody's playing the piano. Is that your sister?
M：No. My sister is pretty good at playing the violin.
7．M：Which do you prefer, apples or hamburgers?
W：Neither. I prefer cola.
8．W：I like the music that I can sing along with.
M：Really? But I like the music that I can dance to.
9．W：I like eating fish that is well cooked. What about you?
M：So do I.
10．M：Do you know the woman who has taken many great photos of pandas?
W：Yes. She is Amy White.
三、Text 1
M：Hello! Who's that speaking?
W：This is Lucy speaking. Is that Mike?
M：Yes. What were you doing when I called you just now?
W：I was listening to music.
M：What kind of music do you like best?
W：Electronic music is my favorite.
Text 2
W：Hi, Mike. Would you like to go to the cinema with Jane and me on Saturday?
M：Sure, I'd love to. What are you going to see, Susan?
W：The Adventure of Tintin.
M：Is it on at the cinema in the shopping center?
W：No. That one's closed. We're going to the one next to the post office.
M: And how are you getting there?
W：My mom can't drive us, so we're going to walk from my house. We can come back by bus.M：OK. What time shall I be at your house then?
W：Well, the film starts at four thirty, so come at ten to four. It takes about twenty minutes to get there.
M：Good idea. See you later!
四、To me，music is food and water. I can't live without it. I know this is not true for everyone. Many people
don't go to concerts or listen to music records，and they get along quite well. But music is everywhere in our
life. For example，when you watch films or TV plays，do you find them interesting if there is no music？You
would find them boring. And when you are waiting for the train or the plane，you would like a piece of music
because it makes the time seem shorter.
It is true that music is everywhere in our life. Some people like to sit by the sea and listen to the sound
of the sea. Some enjoy listening to the singing of the birds. Those sounds are some kind of music. So music
has meaning for everyone in some way. Of course，it has special meaning for people like me. We spend our
lives playing or writing music.
听力答案：
一、1～5：BBAAB
二、6～10：ACBBA
三、11～15：BBBAC
四、16.food 17.everywhere
18．make 19.sound 20.music
笔试部分
五、21.A 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。先行词指人，且是从句的主语，所以用 who，故选 A。
22．B
23．D 点拨：本题用语法判定法解题。定语从句的先行词为 the book, 应选用关系代词 that/which。
故选 D。
24．C 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。offer sb. sth. 提供某人某物；provide sb. with sth.为某人提供某
物。根据第一空后为人，第二空后为物，可判断 C 项是对的。故选 C。
25．B 点拨：本题用固定搭配法解题。would like to do sth.想要做某事。prefer doing sth.更喜欢做某
事。
26．B 点拨：本题用主谓一致法解题。either 表示“(两者中的)任何一个”，它作主语时，谓语动词用
单数，故排除 A、C 两项。由答句句意“哪个都可以。但是我更喜欢加奶的咖啡。”可知选 B。
27．B 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。set up 搭建；cheer up 使……高兴起来；put up 张贴。根据句
意可知选 B。
28．B 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。by the way 顺便说；in total 合计； by chance 偶然； in time
及时。根据句意可知选 B。
29．D 点拨：本题用语境判断法解题。Hurry up 快点，抓紧；Never mind 没关系，不要紧； Good luck
祝你好运；What a pity 真可惜。由“But you can get some information on the Internet.”说明错过电影开头真遗憾，故选 D。
30．C 点拨：written 是过去分词作后置定语，修饰前面的名词 novels，相当于定语从句 which were
written。
31．C 点拨：feel like doing sth.想要做某事。
32．B
33．C 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解题。take off 脱下，(飞机)起飞；put off 推迟；shut off 关闭；get off
下车。根据句意可知选 C。
34．D 点拨：本题用词义辨析法解题。remember 记住；agree 同意；suggest 建议；suppose 推断。
答语句意：我推断她正在家里听音乐。故选 D。
35．C 点拨：get married 结婚，由 continued 可知时态为一般过去时；continue to do sth.继续做某事。
六、36.B 点拨：此处意为“普通人”，相对于阿牛现在的明星身份而言。A 项意为“正常的”；B 项意
为“普通的”；C 项意为“不同的”；D 项意为“通常的”，故选 B。
37．D 点拨：此处指他的歌被任贤齐演唱。
38．A 点拨：famous“著名的”，符合题意。其他选项均与题意无关。
39．C 点拨：下文主要讲了这首歌的创作经历，由本段最后一句可知这首歌是非常成功的。
40．B 点拨：由下文可知阿牛是来到中国大陆后激发了灵感而写的这首歌，故此处应该是指“来访，
参观”的意思。
41．D 点拨：根据上下文可知阿牛是见到了大片的桃花想到了离家在外工作的人们。其他三项均与
语境不符。
42．B 点拨：根据常识，过春节时许多人会回家过年，可知此处是“返回”的意思。
43．C 点拨：wait for“等待”，符合题意。 44.B
45．D 点拨：may not 意为“可能不”。这里指他的女儿直到长大后才可能会明白他在唱什么。A 项“没
必要”；B 项“不应该”；C 项“禁止”，均不符合题意。
七、A 46.A 点拨：细节理解题。从原文中所提到的三本书中只有 A 项 MARS —The Red Planet！符
合题意。故选 A。
47．B 点拨：细节理解题。由“The Weather” is one of our Early Earth books for boys and girls aged
13—15.可知选 B。
48．A 点拨：细节理解题。由原文中“The book written by Kate describes the most noble animal on the
planet for early readers.”可知选 A。
49．B 点拨：细节理解题。由原文中“The book written by Kate describes the most noble animal on the planet
for early readers.”可知选 B。
50．C 点拨：主旨大意题。从原文的主旨大意可知选 C。
B 51.A
52．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第二段最后一句的描述可知。53．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第二段第二、三句和“I wish to be.”的描述可知。
54．B 点拨：根据短文最后一段的描述可知，作者主要是为了鼓励更多的人加入慈善机构，从而帮
助更多的孩子。
55．D
C 56.A 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第一段的最后一句可知。
57．D 点拨：词义猜测题。根据前后的描述可知，“他偶然将火车的地板点着了，所以被迫失去了
第一份工作”。
58．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第四段的第一句的描述可知。
59．C
60．D 点拨：主旨大意题。各段分别描述了伟大发明家爱迪生一生的不同阶段，故选 D。
八、(一)61.praise 62.spare 63.wound
64．director 65.dialog
(二)66.In that case 67.once in a while
68．not; anymore 69.too；to 70.stick to
九、71～75：DAEBC
十、范文：
Dear Madam，
I am a middle school student. I happened to listen to your program—Music Sky one day. How sweet
your voice is! Now when① I'm free or tired, I'll turn on the radio and listen to it. I love this program very
much because it gives me a lot of fun and happiness. Especially② the English songs, they help me a lot. I've
learned many English words from them and among the songs I like Say You, Say Me best. Would you please
send me the lyrics of the song? I think everyone has some problems in their lives. When we are tired, we
should relax. For__example③， we can play sports or listen to music. It can give us much energy.
名师点评：
◆ 本文较好地运用了“名、感、悟三步法”。先介绍了节目的名字——Music Sky。紧接着介绍了听到
此歌曲的感受，最后介绍自己听后的感悟。
◆本文的添彩点：
①when 引导时间状语从句，让句子更有条理。
②Especially 放句首，表强调，使文章表达更明确。
③For example 进行举例，给短文增彩。
Unit 10 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间 ：100 分钟)题
号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总
分
得
分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听录音，选图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1.
A． B． C.
2.
A． B． C.
3.
A． B． C.
4.
A． B． C.
5.
A． B． C.
二、听五段对话和五个问题，选择正确答案。(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．A.To bow. B．To kiss. C．To shake hands.
7．A.Just at 6：30. B．Before 6：30.
C．A little later than 6：30.
8．A.Making a noise. B．Keeping quiet.
C．Eating too slowly.
9．A.Carry the books herself.B. Help the man carry the books.
C．Ask the man to help her carry the books.
10．A.She had no work to do in Switzerland.
B．She didn't visit her uncle in Switzerland.
C．She wrote an email to thank her uncle.
三、听两段长对话，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答 1112 小题。
11．What happened to John?
A．He had an easy exam.
B．He may fail an exam.
C．He lost interest in study.
12．What's the girl's advice for him?
A．Try to change the result.
B．Try to pay more attention to the exam.
C．Try to pay more attention to the future study.
听第二段对话，回答 1315 小题。
13．Why does Lingling not eat too many peaches in summer?
A．Because she doesn't like peaches.
B．Because eating too many of them may make you uncomfortable.
C．Because they are too expensive.
14．How may you feel if you eat too many peaches?
A．Very hot. B．Very angry.
C．Very thirsty.
15．What fruit is good for people in summer?
A．The peach. B．The pear. C．The apple.
四、听短文，完成下面的表格(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
Different countries have different ________(16) in giving presents.
IN
CHINA
1.A clock is not supposed to be given to a Chinese person,
because the sound of the word for “clock” is like the sound for
“______(17)”in Chinese.2．Don't wrap(包裹) a present in white, black or blue paper.
3．Don't give a knife, because something sharp can cut a
________(18).
IN
RUSSIA
People have to give an odd number of flowers as a
________(19)，because even numbers are for dead people.
IN
GERMANY
1.Red flowers are not supposed to be good presents to the
hostess.
2．Thirteen is thought to be an ________(20) number.
3．Don't take an even number of anything, either.
4．Don't wrap your present in white, brown or black paper.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．When your friend is in trouble, you ________ help him in time.
A．are supposed to B．were supposed to
C．is expected to D．were expected to
22．Tim is going to give his father a surprise __________ Father's Day.
A．in B．at C．on D. by
23．In Egypt, people are ________ about time, so you don't need to hurry.
A．excited B．surprised
C．interested D．relaxed
24．There is ________ food left in the refrigerator. Please go and buy some.
A．little B．a little C．a bit D．a few
25．—Hello! Mum.Long time no see!
—Hello! Mary.Are you busy these days? I'm looking forward ________ your phone.
A．to answer B．answering
C．to answering D．answer
26．My neighbor who was a nice writer used to________ and we often talked about something we were both
interested in.
A．drop by B．drop away
C．drop off D．drop back
27．She used to ________ a bus to school，but now she is used to ________ to school.A．taking；walk B．take；walk
C．taking；walking D．take；walking
28．—Can you drive your car more quickly？The plane will ________.
—Sorry，it is dangerous to drive so fast.
A．take up B．take off
C．take away D．take out
29．—The ship sinking of Korea teaches us to care for ourselves and the people around us.
—So it is.________，life is the most important to everyone.
A．For example B．At last C．After all
30．All the members expressed their own views about the environmental problem ________him.
A．except for B．except
C．in D．about
31．Our world will get better and better __________ each of us lives a greener life.
A．before B．if C．though D．until
32．—Have you watched the film Iron Man? I think it is worth ________.
—Oh, I will watch it this evening.
A．to watch B．watch C．watching D．watches
33．Now, my sister can be ________ speaking English.
A．reasonable B．suitable
C．comfortable D．believable
34．Confucius was a famous philosopher(哲学家)________ has influenced the world greatly.
A．whose B．whom C．which D．who
35．I found ________not very easy ________to ride a bike.
A．that; learn B．it; to learn
C．that; to learn
六、完形填空(每小题 1.5 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 200；建议用时：6 分钟)
Some British and American people like to invite friends for a meal at home. You should not be upset if
your English friends don't ________(36) you. It doesn't mean they don't like you.
Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p．m. and end at about 11.Ask your hosts what time you
________(37) arrive. It's polite to bring flowers, chocolates or a bottle of wine ________(38) a gift.
Usually the evening ________(39) with drinks and snacks. ________(40) you want to be more polite, say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember—it's ________(41) to ask how much
things cost.
In many families, the husband sits at one end of the table and the wife sits at ________(42) end. They eat
with their guests.
You'll ________(43) start the meal with soup or something small, then you'll have meat or fish with
vegetables, and then dessert, ________(44) by coffee. It's polite to finish everything on your plate and to take
more if you want.
Did you enjoy the ________(45)? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short thankyou letter.
British and American people like to say “thank you, thank you, thank you” all the time!
36．A.afford B．invite C．keep D．leave
37．A.could B．must C．should D．can
38．A.as B．like C．with D．without
39．A.buys B．supposes C．finds D．starts
40．A.Although B．But C．If D．So
41．A.important B．impolite
C．impossible D．immediate
42．A.other B．others C．the other D．the others
43．A.probably B．can C．may D．might
44．A.brought B．made C．taken D．followed
45．A.noon B．evening C．afternoon D．morning
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 20 分)
A(词数：约 240；建议用时：7 分钟)
When I was about twelve years old, a girl in my class liked to point out my shortcomings. She said I
was very thin; I wasn't good at math; I talked too much; I was too proud, and so on. At last, I became very
angry. I ran to my father with tears in my eyes. He listened to me quietly, and asked, “Are those things true
or not? Jane, didn't you ever think about what you're really like？” Then he added, “Well, you have that girl's
opinions. Make a list of everything she said and mark the points that are true.”
I did as he told me. To my great surprise, I found out that about half of the things were true. Some of
them I couldn't change, like being very thin, but many I could and suddenly I wanted to change. For the first
time I got a clear picture of myself.
I brought the list back to Daddy and he said, “Now you know better about yourself. But you have to
learn to listen, not just close your ears angrily and feel hurt. When something said about you is true, you'll
find it will be of great help to you. Don't shut your ears. Listening to the truth and doing what you know are
the right thing to do.”
Daddy's advice has returned to me at many important moments. In my life, I've never had a better piece of advice.
46．How old was Jane when a girl in her class pointed out her shortcomings?
A．About 10. B．About 12. C．About 14.
47．Which thing did Jane think she couldn't change?
A．She was very thin.
B．She wasn't good at math.
C．She talked too much.
48．Who changed the writer's opinion?
A．Father. B．Mother. C．Sister.
49．What did Jane's father really mean by saying “Make a list of everything…”？
A．To listen to her classmate's opinions.
B．To find out what is right and what is wrong.
C．To know herself better and improve herself.
50．Which of the following is the best title for this passage?
A．My Father. B．The Best Advice. C．My Life.
B(词数：约 280；建议用时：8 分钟)
Smoking can cause cancers, heart problems and other diseases.Although almost everybody knows
smoking is bad for health, people still smoke.Fortunately, actions are now being taken to stop smoking.
Beijing says no to smoke
A new antismoking regulation(条例)will soon take effect on June 1 in Beijing.It is regarded as “China's
toughest(最严格的)ever” tobacco control regulation.
According to the regulation, smoking is not allowed in all indoor public places, including public
transportation.Those who break the rules will be fined up to 200 yuan.Teachers cannot smoke in front of
students in primary and middle schools.Schools are also required to help students quit smoking and educate
them about the harm of smoking.
Beijing has set up an antismoking hotline(12320)and a WeChat account(Smokefree Beijing), to which
people can send photos to report smokers.
The public is also invited to vote(投票)on stopsmoking gestures on WeChat.So far, an image of a girl
covering her nose has become the most popular pick.
Xinhua NewsYouth turn their back on smoking
...Only 9% of the teens in the US smoke cigarettes, according to a recent survey.That's far down from
23% in 2000.
The Truth is working to end teenage smoking.They use social media to remind teenagers of the
dangers of smoking.“If we all join hands, smokers and nonsmokers, we can end smoking once and for all”，
the Truth campaign(运动)website states.Since Oct 27, 21，615 children and teens in the US have joined the
campaign and promised not to smoke.
The group hopes that they can give teens and young people the knowledge to “be the generation that
ends smoking”．
51．To support his idea, the writer uses two________.
A．advertisements B．news reports
C．posters D．notices
52．According to the Beijing antismoking regulation，________.
A．passengers on buses or trains can smoke
B．school teachers can smoke in class
C．students should be educated about the harm of smoking
D．those smoking in indoor public places will be fined up to￥100
53．According to the passage, people can ________ to report smokers.
A．call the police B．post a letter
C．call at 12320 D．start a vote
54．“The Truth” might be the name of a(n)________．
A．organization B．person
C．school D．type of cigarettes
55．The writer is trying to________.
A．show that people are taking actions to stop smoking
B．explain to us some knowledge of cigarettemaking
C．remind us of the great harm of smoking
D．call on people to support smoking
八、词汇运用(每小题 2 分，共 20 分)
A．请根据汉语提示，在句中的空白处写出单词的正确形式。56．The song Where did the time go reminds us of the ________(价值)of time.
57．—Can you help me to clean the ________(粉笔)off my clothes?
—Of course.
58．(N)Listening to light music makes us feel ________(放松的).
59．Our fridge is ________(空的)．Let's go shopping and buy some food.
60．I don't know how to study English.Can you give me some ________(建议)?
B．请用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
61．(N)Putting your elbows on the table will be regarded as impolite ________(behave)in France.
62．The people who live in the ________(east) China are rich.Most of them have good jobs and make a lot of
money.
63．Learning basic talking________(manner)was my biggest challenge at first.
64．(N)All the parents kept ________(ask)why the kindergarten gave their kids bad apples.
65．Listen! Someone ________(knock) at the door.
九、任务型阅读(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
There once was a woman. She had a faithful (忠实的) dog. The dog was so faithful that she could leave
her baby with the dog when she went out. (A)
And__after__she__returned,__she__would__always__find__her__baby__safe.
One day, the woman left the baby with the dog and went shopping. When she returned, she found
something had taken place in the house. There were bloodstains(血迹)all over the bedroom. The woman then
thought of her baby. She cried and started looking for him. Then she saw the faithful dog. It was licking(舔)
its mouth. It seemed that it had just finished a delicious meal. The woman was angry and thought that the dog
had killed her baby. Without thinking too much, (B) __________．
But as she continued looking for her child, she saw something else. Close to the bed, there was her baby
and he was sleeping. And under the bed, there was a dead jackal (豺) . The woman now understood what had
happened. The dog tried to protect her baby from the jackal, but just now she killed the dog. How regretful
she was!
66．从文中找出与下句意义相近的句子。
The dog seemed to have just finished a good meal.
_______________________________________________________________________
67．将(A)处画线句子翻译成汉语。
_______________________________________________________________________
68．根据文章内容，将(B)处补充完整。
69．把下面发生的事情排序：___________________________________________________① The woman found the bloodstains all over the room.
②The woman found her baby sleeping.
③The woman killed the dog.
④The woman started looking for her baby.
70．What is the best title for the passage?
_____________________________________________________________________
十、书面表达(20 分)
不同的国家有不同的风俗习惯。请根据以下信息，写一篇短文介绍各国不同的餐桌礼仪。
中
国人
用筷子吃饭，嘴巴不应该在进餐时发出
响声
日
本人
吃面条或饮茶时嘴巴发出响声是礼貌
的，表示对食物的美味的称赞和对主人的感
谢
西
方人
用刀叉进食，一餐可能会用到多套刀叉，
欧洲的餐桌礼仪比美国更复杂些
作文要求：
语句连贯，词数 100 左右。
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
Unit 10 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.My friend comes from the United States.
2．People are supposed to shake hands for the first time in Brazil.
3．It is impolite to point at others with chopsticks in China.
4．You are expected to meet my friends at a quarter to seven.
5．In America, children are not allowed to play with fire.
二、6.M：Judy, what do people do in Japan when they meet other people for the first time?
W：They usually bow instead of shaking hands.Q：What are the Japanese supposed to do when they meet for the first time?
7．M：Kate, could you tell me something fun about Colombia?
W：Well, if someone invites you to a party at 6：30, you should arrive a little late.
Q：When do people in Colombia usually arrive if they are invited to a party at 6：30?
8．M：Ann, you'd better not make a noise at the table. That will make others displeased.
W：Sorry, Dad. I'm really too hungry.
Q：What's Ann doing while eating ?
9．M：You're carrying so many books. Do you need any help?
W：They aren't really heavy. However, thank you all the same.
Q：What will the woman do next?
10．M：Did you meet your uncle when you were in Switzerland?
W：I was too busy to make it. So I wrote an email to say sorry to him.
Q：What's true about the woman?
三、
Text 1
W：John, you look sad. What's up?
M：I didn't do well in the exam. I don't think I can pass it.
W：It happened, and you can't change it, can you?
M：But what should I do?
W：I think you are supposed to pay more attention to future study.
Text 2
M：Lingling, do you like to eat the peach?
W：Yes, but we are not supposed to eat too many peaches in summer.
M：Why?
W：In China, people believe if you eat too many peaches in summer, you will have inner heat.
M：Does it mean I will feel hot?
W：Not exactly, but you may feel uncomfortable. You may feel thirsty often.
M：That sounds funny.
W：In summer, we prefer to eat pears; that will make us feel comfortable.
四、Different countries have different customs in giving presents.In China ，you must never give a clock to a Chinese person, because the sound of the word for
‘clock’ is like the sound for ‘death’ in Chinese. Also, don't wrap(包裹) a present in white, black or blue
paper, because these are the colors for dead people. Don't give a knife, because something sharp can cut
a friendship.
In Russia，if we give flowers as a present, we have to give an odd number of them, like one, three, five, and
so on. Because even numbers like two, four and six are for dead people.
In Germany, flowers are good presents to take to your dinner hostess, but don't take her red roses because it
means you are in love with her. Don't take thirteen of anything because it's an unlucky number. Don't take an even
number of anything, either. Don't wrap your present in white, brown or black paper.
听力答案：
一、1～5：BACBB
二、6～10：ACAAB
三、11～15：BCBCB
四、16.customs 17.death
18．friendship 19.present
20．unlucky
笔试部分
五、21.A 点拨：be supposed to do sth. 应该做某事。分析句子结构可知句子的时态应为一般现在时，故选
A。
22．C 点拨：考查介词的辨析。句意：蒂姆将要在父亲节给他的父亲一个惊喜。表示在具体的某一天用
介词 on。in“在……里面”；at 后接时间点或地点；by 表示方式。
23．D 点拨：be relaxed about 对……宽松。
24.A 点拨：本题用寻找关键词法解答。题中的关键词 food 在此处表示食物，为不可数名词。little(表否
定)，a little(表肯定)修饰不可数名词；a few 修饰可数名词；a bit 用作副词，由句意可知应选 A。
25．C 点拨：句意：——你好！妈妈，好久不见！——你好！玛丽。最近你很忙吗？我一直盼着接你的
电话。look forward to doing sth.是固定用法。故选 C。
26．A 点拨：drop by 顺便访问；drop away 减弱；drop off 减少；drop back 落后。
27．D 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。句意：她过去常常乘公共汽车去学校， 但是现在她习惯了步行去学校。
used to do sth.表示过去常常做某事，to 后跟动词原形；而 be/get used to doing sth.则表示习惯于做某事，
to 是介词，后面要跟名词、代词或动词的ing 形式。故选 D。
28．B 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。take up“开始从事”；take off“脱下；(飞机等)起飞”；take away“拿走”；
take out“取出”。句意：——你能把车开得再快一点吗？飞机就要起飞了。——对不起，开得太快是很
危险的。故选 B。
29．C 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。本题考查短语辨析。For example“例如”；At last“最后”；After all“毕竟，
终究”。句意：——韩国的沉船事故教育我们要关爱我们自己以及我们周围的人们。——确实是的。毕竟生命对我们每个人都是最重要的。表示“毕竟”用 after all。故选 C。
30．B 点拨：except 除……之外。
31．B 点拨：考查状语从句的从属连词。句意：我们的世界将会变得越来越好，__________我们每一个
人过更加环保的生活。before 在……之前，引导时间状语从句；if 如果，引导条件状语从句；though 虽
然，引导让步状语从句；until 直到，引导时间状语从句。分析句意可知，后一分句是前一分句的条件。
故选 B。
32．C 点拨：本题用固定结构法解答。be worth doing sth.“值得做某事”。故选 C。
33．C 点拨：本题用择优法解答。句意：现在我姐姐可以很轻松地讲英语。四个单词都是以able 为后缀
的形容词。只有 comfortable 最符合题意。
34．D 点拨：考查定语从句引导词的用法。句意：孔子是一位著名的哲学家，他大大地影响了全世界。
在定语从句中，修饰先行词人，用连接代词 who 或 whom，又因该定语从句中缺少主语，所以需要用
who。故选 D。
35．B 点拨：考查固定句型。句意：我发现学习骑自行车不是十分容易。it 作 find 的形式宾语，真正的
宾语是后面的不定式 to learn to ride a bike。 句型是： find/found it＋adj.＋to do sth.，故选 B。
六、36.B 37.C
38．A 点拨：as 作为，介词。
39．D 点拨：start with 以……开始。
40．C 点拨：本题用逻辑推理法解答。前后表示的是一种条件关系。故选 C。
41．B 42.C 43.A 44.D
45．B 点拨：本题用联系上下文法来解答。根据第三段的第一句话可知，应该选 evening。
七、A 46.B 点拨：细节理解题。由短文首句 When I was about twelve years old, a girl in my class liked to
point out my shortcomings.可知选项 B 正确。
47．A 点拨：细节理解题。由短文第二段中的“Some of them I couldn't change, like being very thin”可推出
身体瘦是作者不能改变的。故选 A。
48．A 点拨：细节理解题。通读全文可知，是作者的爸爸的建议让作者改变了观点。故选 A。
49．C 点拨：推理判断题。通读全文可知，爸爸让作者把所有的都列出来的目的是让作者能更好地了解
自己，然后提高自己。故选 C。
50．B 点拨：主旨大意题。通读全文特别是最后一段可知，短文介绍的是爸爸的建议对自己的帮助和影
响，故选项 B“最好的建议”是最佳标题。故选 B。
B 51.B 点拨：细节理解题。根据第一个框中的“Xinhua News”可知这些是 news reports“新闻报道”。故选
B。
52．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据 “...smoking is not allowed in all indoor public places, including public
transportation.”可知在公共场合不准吸烟，故选项 A 错误；根据“Teachers cannot smoke in front of students
in primary and middle schools.”可知老师在课上不准吸烟，故选项 B 错误；根据“Those who break the rules
will be fined up to 200 yuan.”可知违反规定的将被罚款 200 元，故选项 D 错误；根据“Schools are also required to help students quit smoking and educate them about the harm of smoking.”可知学校要帮助学生戒
烟，了解吸烟的危害，选项 C 符合题意，故选 C。
53. C 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文中的 “Beijing has set up an antismoking
hotline(12320)and a WeChat account(Smokefree Beijing), to which people can send photos to report
smokers.”可知，人们可以拨打电话 12320 举报那些违规的吸烟者。选项 C 符合题意，故选 C。
54 ． A 点 拨 ： 推 理 判 断 题 。 由 短 文 中 的 “They use social media to remind teenagers of the dangers of
smoking.(他们利用社会媒体来提醒青少年吸烟的危害。)”以及第二个框中第三段开始的“The group
hopes that they can...(该团体希望他们能……)”，可以推测 The Truth 最有可能是个 organization“组织、
团体”，选项 A 符合题意，故选 A。
55．A 点拨：主旨大意题。题干意为：作者在努力________。通读整篇文章，全文介绍了一些禁烟的措
施，以及人们在禁烟方面采取的活动。故选 A。
八、A.56.value 57.chalk
58．relaxed 点拨：relaxed 放松的，用来形容人的感受。如果形容物要用 relaxing。同类型的单词还有
interested 和 interesting; surprised 和 surprising; excited 和 exciting 等。
59．empty 60.suggestions
B．61.behavior 62.eastern
63．manners 64.asking
65．is knocking
九、66.It seemed that it had just finished a delicious meal.
67．她回来后，总是发现她的孩子是安全的。
68．she killed the dog
69．①④③② 70.A Faithful Dog.
十、参考范文：
①Different countries have different customs. Let's have a look at the table manners．
②In China, people use chopsticks to eat and they are__supposed__to eat without making a noise.③But in
Japan，it's polite to make a noise when you are eating noodles or drinking tea, because that means the food is
delicious and you thank the host.④In Western countries, people use a knife and fork at table. But American table
manners are simpler than those in Europe.⑤European people may use more than a knife and fork at dinner.
⑥Hope you know them soon.
名师点评：
◆本文分三步介绍了几个国家的风俗习惯。第一段总体介绍不同国家有不同的风俗习惯①。第二段详
细介绍了中国、日本及西方国家的风俗习惯②③④⑤，but，because 等的使用使文章显得更有条理。第三
段总结，说祝福语⑥。
◆本文添彩点：①文章思路清晰，通过三段来介绍不同国家的风俗习惯，语法准确。
②恰当运用了本单元所学的 be supposed to，table manners 等短语，足以见得作者深厚的写作功底。
Unit 11 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题
号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总
分
得
分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听句子，给下列图片排序。(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
________(1) ________(2) ________(3)
________(4) ________(5)
二、听五段对话和五个问题，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．A. Bill. B. Kate. C. No one.
7．A. She hates the party.
B．She is interested in the party.
C．She thinks the music and the light are too good.
8．A. Because they are good at telling jokes.
B．Because they are honest and helpful.
C．Because they are not serious enough.
9．A.Jack should try to trust his brother.
B．Jack needn't trust his brother again.
C．Jack should try to tell the truth.
10. A.To stop reading.B．To do something interesting.
C．To read the nice book.
三、听对话和问题，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
11. A.He doesn't like light music.
B．He didn't sleep well last night.
C．He wants to listen to music.
12. A.Orange. B．Pink. C．Purple.
13. A.Jenny's taste is bad.
B．Jenny has a good taste.
C．The girl shouldn't make such a comment.
14. A.The play is not worth watching.
B．She wants to give the boy some suggestions.
C．She thinks the boy should buy the ticket as soon as possible.
15. A.Sunny. B．Cold. C．Rainy.
四、听短文，选择正确答案。(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．Mrs. Brown has a lovely ________ as a pet.
A．dog B．cat C．rabbit
17．After disappearing, the cat came back ________．
A．before lunch B．at lunch C．after lunch
18．The cat rushed into the room with ________ mice.
A．two B．three C．four
19．Before anyone stopped the cat, it put the mice ________．
A．into the boxes B．on the chairs
C．into the plates
20．From the story, we know there's a close friendship between ________．
A．Mr. Brown and the cat
B．Mrs. Brown and the cat
C．Mr. and Mrs. Brown
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)21．Snowy days ________children happy, because they can play in the snow together.
A．offer B．let C．make D．send
22．The old man prefers to ________ at home rather than ________ to have a picnic.
A．staying；going B．stay；to going C．stay；go
23．We stopped ________， but there was not any sound.
A．to listen B．listens C．listen D．listening
24．—Excuse me. Could you tell me __________about the local history and culture?
—Of course. You can check it on this computer.
A．how can I get the information
B．what information did I get
C．where I can get the information
D．that I got the information
25．We often hear some students ________ spoken English in the English corner.
A．practiced B．practicing
C．practice D．was practicing
26．His hobby is ________ singing ________ dancing.It's drawing.
A．either; or B．neither; nor
C．both; and D．not only; but also
27．—It's smoggy these days. That's terrible!
—Yes. I hope to plant trees.________ trees，________ air pollution.
A．The more；the fewer B．The less；the more
C．The less；the fewer D．The more；the less
28．If we don't invite her to the party, she will feel________．
A．left for B．left with C．left out D．left in
29．—How do you like the movie Kung Fu Panda 3?
—It is __________exciting __________I'd like to see it again.
A．so；that B．such；that
C．enough；to D．too；to
30．I don't want to go shopping.________，I haven't got any money.
A．Then B．However C．Besides D．Instead31．—Would you please give this newlypublished novel to Jack?
—Certainly, ________ he comes back.
A. before B. as soon as
C. until D. unless
32．I'm very strong, so nothing will make me ________ my mind.
A．change B．to change C．changing
33．After school he has to walk home ________，but he doesn't feel ________.
A．alone; lone B．lonely; lonely
C．alone；lonely D．lonely；alone
34．You'd better not________your neighbors.You should be friendly to them.
A．get into a fight with B．get along well with
C．come up with D．catch up with
35．—What do you think of the new movie Frozen?
—It makes me________. I like it very much.
A．bored B．annoyed C．tired D．moved
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 170；建议用时：7 分钟)
Hearing is very important to all of us. We can ________(36)beautiful music，nice songs of birds，the
laughter of people or other different kinds of ________(37)in the world with our ears.________(38)we must try
to protect our ears. The following will tell you ________(39)protect your ears.
Listening to ________(40)music a lot can be bad for ears，________ (41)when headphones (耳机) are
used. So ________(42) the volume(音量)when you're wearing headphones or try not to wear headphones.You
should give your ears a rest if you like wearing headphones.
Before swimming，remember ________ (43)earplugs (耳塞) into your ears or wear a swimming cap to
stop water ________(44) into your ears.
If you are going to a concert ， wear earplugs to protect your ears ________(45)the terrible music ！
________(46) ， special earplugs can be made for you if you go to concerts a lot or if you are a musician
yourself.
See a doctor if your ears ________(47) ． ________(48) some medicine if the doctor asks you to do
so.________(49)the advice above now and you won't be saying “What？” when you are getting ________(50) .
36．A. listen B．hear C．listening D．hear of
37．A. sounds B．noises C．voices D．barks
38．A. Because B．Although C．So D．But
39．A. what B．how C．what to D．how to40．A. loud B．aloud C．loudly D．quiet
41．A. gradually B．especial C．gradual D．especially
42．A. turn on B．turn off C．turn down D．turn up
43．A. put B．to put C．putting D．to putting
44．A. get B．to get
C．with getting D．from getting
45．A. for B．from C．with D．at
46．A. In fact B．In short C．In general D．In a word
47．A. break B．sick C．ill D．hurt
48．A. Drinks B．Eats C．Take D．Want
49．A. Listen B．Hear C．Follow D．Fetch
50．A. young B．old C．sick D．tired
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 280；建议用时：7 分钟)
Betty and I are best friends. Our birthday is on the same day, so every year we have a birthday party
together. But this year, we had a costume party instead.
While we were writing the invitations, my mum came in and asked, “Why not invite John？” John had
been in our class for only a few months, but he had already got better grades in math than anyone else in
class. I wrinkled(皱起) my nose, “Mum, he wears the same pants to school every day. How could he even
afford a costume？” Mum said nothing. The next day, Mum gave me an envelope(信封) with a shopping
card in it. “I thought it would be nice for you to give this to John，” Mum said. But how? We didn't want to
make John embarrassed. We discussed it for a long time. Finally, Betty and I had a good idea.
On the day of our party, kids arrived, dressed differently. John arrived, in an old sheet(床单), but still in
the same brown pants as usual. We danced, ate snacks and played games in groups. Before eating the
birthday cake, Betty said in a loud voice, “Now it's time for the great prize game. It's the following riddle...”
It was a math game. None of us was surprised when John came up with the right answer first and walked off
with the envelope.
Everything went on well as we planned. John wore a new pair of pants and a new shirt the next week.
He felt happy. So did we.
When we help others, we need to find a proper way, or we may hurt them in another way.
51．The two girls and John were in the same ________.
A．group B．family C．team D．class
52．John's family may be very ________ according to the passage.
A．far B．poor C．rich D．small53．How did John get the prize during the party?
A．By helping others.
B．By asking for help.
C．By getting good grades in study.
D．By winning the math game.
54．John ________ with the shopping card after the party.
A．watched a basketball match
B．saw a movie
C．bought something to wear
D．made a phone call
55．Which of the following sentences is TRUE according to the passage?
A．John wasn't good at math.
B．The two girls helped John in a proper way.
C．The two girls felt angry when John won the great prize.
D．John wore a new pair of pants and a new shirt to the party.
B (词数：约 220；建议用时：7 分钟)
Many years ago, there lived an old man with his three sons, Dharma, Harrison and Keith, in a village.
The man worked hard when he was young, so he had the largest farmyard and the most beautiful house in the
village. However, his sons were all born to be lazy, which made him disappointed. He was worried that his
sons would use up his money and starve to death.
One day, the old man came up with a plan. He called his sons and said to them, “Look, my dear
sons.There is lots of hidden gold on our farm.If you work together, you may find it.”
In a wish to find out the gold, his sons worked hard from the morning to the evening digging and
digging all through the land. Three days had passed, but they didn't find what they were looking for. They got
frustrated and angry. They decided to give up and returned to ask their father.
“There is no gold in the land. We are cheated.”
“Since the land has been dug soft，why don't you plant some crops there？” This was the reply of the
father to the sons.
Off went the sons. Soon the whole onceuseless land was rich crops.
“This is the real gold, my sons，” said the father.
56．What do we know about the old man?
A．He was the richest in his village.B．He was unable to feed his family.
C．He loved daughters more than sons.
D．He was quite successful as a farmer.
57．Why did the old man ask his sons to dig the land?
A．He was too old to do it himself.
B．He didn't have money to pay workers.
C．He decided to teach his sons an important lesson.
D．He didn't want other people to set foot on his land.
58．Why did his sons agree to dig the land?
A．They wanted to help their father.
B．They wanted to grow their own crops.
C．They didn't want to be lazy any more.
D．They wanted to find the hidden gold.
59．After they dug the land, his sons found ________.
A．lots of gold B．nothing
C．seeds of crops D．the value of work
60．What can we learn from the end of the story?
A．The old man had achieved his goal.
B．The three sons were still as lazy as before.
C．The sons were quite angry with their father.
D．The old man was still worried about his sons.
C (词数：约 260；建议用时：7 分钟)
Many homes have cameras to protect them from danger. The cameras can tell the owners if someone
has entered. But the cameras do not know whether the person is a family member, a friend, a postman or a
criminal(罪犯)．
But a new camera made by a French company can recognize(辨别出) faces. It can tell parents at work
that their children have returned from school, or that the mail has been sent to their home. It can also tell
them if a stranger has entered their home. When family members enter a home, the smart camera
“recognizes” them and sends information to the owner's phone. The owner can choose to see the video then
or later. But if an unknown person enters a home, the camera will send a warming sound on the owner's
phone.
This is what happened recently to a smart home camera owner named Damien. He lives in Paris. “On a Friday I was at work, having a big monthly meeting when my phone moved. At first I told myself
‘Oh, it must be a wrong warm ，' but my phone was telling me there was a face that the camera did not
recognize. Something was happening in my house！”
“I saw a person I did not know with his shoes on, which is not allowed in my apartment( 公 寓 ). I
watched it on the radio. I felt quite surprised. I hurried back home as fast as possible and called the police on
the way. Thanks to the smart camera, the criminal was caught soon，” said Damien.
61．The new smart camera is different from the ones in many homes because it can __________．
A．protect the owner B．help a school child
C．recognize faces D. call the police
62. In Damien's apartment, people can't __________．
A．wear shoes B．watch videos
C．have cameras D．send mails
63．If we put the passage into three parts, which of the following is the best?
(①＝Para.(段) 1 ②＝Para. 2
③＝Para. 3 ④＝Para. 4 ⑤＝Para.5)
A．①；②③；④⑤ B．①；②；③④⑤
C．①②③；④；⑤ D．①②；③④；⑤
64．The best title of the passage may be “__________”．
A．Catching Criminals in a Better Way
B．Strange Video Faces
C．Warming Sound on the Phone
D. Smart Home Cameras
八、补全对话(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
从所给的选项中选择正确的选项填空，使对话完整，有两项多余。
A：How was your day off，Larry? Did you have a good time?
B：Oh，no！________(65)
A：Really? What happened?
B：Well，we went camping and the weather was terrible.________(66)
A：Oh，that's too bad.
B：Ugh! Because the weather was so bad，we went for a drive.________(67)It was really boring.
A：Sounds terrible，Larry.B：How about your day off，Tony?
A：It was terrible! I studied very hard for my math test last week.________(68) When I woke up，it was
already 12 o'clock.I got up and went to my friend Dave's house，but he wasn't there.________(69)
B：So what did you do then?
A：I helped my mom and dad clean the yard.
B：Sounds like a busy day off!
九、词汇运用(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
A．选词并用其适当形式完成句子。
70．I think you should do something to make your ________________ stronger.
71．If you don't ____________ with your parents, how can you know what they think of the result?
72．________ you do, you shouldn't miss the program. It's interesting.
73．I talked to my teacher about how to study English with ________ rather than fear in my heart.
74．The sad music makes me feel ________________.I don't like it at all.
B．根据提示，完成句子。
75．What he said and what he did ________(迫使) me mad.
76．If you don't feel well，you should go to the doctor and let him ________
(检查) you.
A．But I don't like driving.
B．There were many people there.
C．It was quite awful.
D．He was at the beach!
E．I felt really excited.
F．So I slept late.
G．It rained and rained all day long.
whatever，communicate，friendship，comfortable，
courage77．To his surprise, after he explained why he gave help to the opponent, everyone nodded in ________(同
意)．
78．Gina studies very hard because she doesn't want to ________(使失望) her parents and teachers.
79．What's wrong with you? Your face looks________(苍白的)．
十、书面表达(20 分)
在生活中颜色也能影响到人。 李梅是一位中学生，她喜欢红色。因为红色代表成功，能给人带
来好运。红色使人感到舒服。穿红色衣服的人，显得更漂亮。
要求：80 词左右。
_________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Unit 11 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.He would rather stay at home and read some newspapers.
2．The heavy pressure nearly drove him crazy.
3．He is doing some exercises to get ready for his exam.
4．Smoking is a bad habit that makes others feel uncomfortable.
5．To start with, the pen given by my friend as a birthday present makes me happy.
二、6.W：Do you like the red color, Bill?
M：No, only the green color makes me happy. What about you, Kate?
W：My favorite color is red. It can give me a comfortable feeling.
Q：Who likes the red color?
7．M：You look upset. What let you down, my daughter?
W：The boring party. Loud music and dark light made me feel terrible.
M：Really？I think all these made me feel good.
Q：What does the girl mean?8．W：A funny friend makes me happy by telling jokes. What do you think, Henry?
M：Well, I don't think they are serious enough. I prefer true friends.
W：Sounds interesting. Why do you say so?
M：Because true friends help me a lot and never say anything bad about me.
Q：Why does Henry prefer true friends?
9．W：Jack, you seem to hate your brother. What's up?
M：He never tells the truth when he does something wrong. That makes it very hard for me to trust him.
W：Oh, you should give him another chance. After all, he is only a child.
Q：What does the woman mean?
10．W：You have been interested in reading. Why?
M：Books can bring me pleasure and make me learn a lot.
W：But I always feel uncomfortable when I am reading.
M：Maybe boring books make you think so. Here is a nice book. Why not try to read it?
Q：What would the man like the woman to do?
三、11.M：I didn't sleep well last night.
W：Why not listen to some light music? It can be relaxing.
Q：What's the man's problem?
12．M：The pink light in this room is a little dark. Don't you think white would be better?
W：I think pink is perfect. It's my favorite color.
Q：What color does the woman like best?
13．W：I really don't like Jenny's clothes and haircut.
M：Everyone has his own taste in something.
Q：What does the boy mean?
14．M：Hello! I'm calling to know more about the play you're advertising.
W：Well, it is a really fantastic play. And we have only 10 tickets left now.
Q：What does the girl mean?
15．W：The weather has been great these days, hasn't it?
M：Yes. Sunshine day after day, and neither too hot nor too cold. But maybe farmers are hoping for rain.
Q：How has the weather been these days?
四、 Mrs. Brown lives in Washington D．C. She has a lovely cat. She loves her pet very much. Every time at lunchtime, the cat sits at the table with her. Mrs. Brown eats with a knife and fork. The cat eats
from its plate. Sometimes, when the cat finishes its dish, the woman shares her meal with the cat.
One day, the cat disappeared at lunchtime. After a while, before lunch was over, the cat rushed into
the room and jumped onto the chair quickly. There were two mice in its mouth, and before anyone could
stop it, it dropped one into its own plate, and the other into its master's plate. “Oh, dear，” cried Mr.
Brown. “A mouse is in your plate.” “How lovely！” Mrs. Brown smiled. “This shows that it's a nice cat.
It knows what friendship is. It wishes me to share its meal as I often share mine with it.”
听力答案：
一、1～5：DCBEA
二、6～10：BABAC
三、11～15: BBCCA
四、16～20：BBACB
笔试部分
五、21.C 点拨：make children happy 意为“使孩子们高兴”。
22．C 点拨：本题考查非谓语动词的用法。动词 prefer 的意思是“较喜欢”，常用固定用法“prefer ＋动词的
ing 形式＋to＋动词的ing 形式”意思是“比起后者来较喜欢前者”；或“prefer＋to＋动词原形＋rather
than＋动词原形”，意思是“宁愿前者而不愿后者”。句意：这个老人宁愿呆在家里，也不愿意去野
餐。故选 C。
23．A 点拨：本题用固定结构法解答。句意：我们停下来________，但是没有任何的声音。stop doing
sth.表示“停止干某事”；而 stop to do sth.则表示“停下来去干另一件事”。故选 A。
24．C
25．C 点拨：本题用固定结构法解答。句意：我们常常听到一些学生在英语角________英语口语。
hear sb.do sth.听到某人做某事，表示听到经常性的动作；hear sb.doing sth.听到某人正在做某事，
表示听到正在进行的动作。根据本句中的 often，可知选 C。
26．B 点拨：句意：他的爱好________是唱歌________是跳舞。是绘画。either...or...意为“要么……
要么……”；neither...nor...意为“既不……也不……”；both...and...意为“……和……都”；not only...but
also...意为“不仅……而且……”。由句意可知选 B。
27．D 点拨：本题用排除法解答。句意：——这些天都是烟雾弥漫的天气。那太可怕了！——是的。
我希望种树。________树，________空气污染。more 后接可数名词复数形式或者不可数名词；less
后接不可数名词；fewer 后接可数名词复数形式。trees 为可数名词复数形式，故排除 B、C 两项；
pollution 为不可数名词，故用 less。故选 D。
28．C 点拨：feel left out 意为“感觉被冷落”。
29．A 30.C
31．B 点拨：句意为“请你把这本新出版的小说给杰克好吗？”“当然可以，他一回来(我就给他)”。before
在……以前；as soon as 一……就；until 直到……为止；unless 除非。根据答语的后半句他回来，
可推测空白处应填“一……就”，选择 B 符合题意。32．A 点拨：考查非谓语动词。句意：我非常坚定，所以没什么能够让我________我的想法。make
sb.do sth.使某人做某事。故选 A。
33．C 点拨：本题考查词义辨析。alone 此处为 adv.独自；lonely 为 adj.孤独的；lone adj.单独的，
作定语。故选 C。 34. A
35．D 点拨：make me moved 意为“让我感动”。
六、36.B 点拨：我们能够“听到”美妙的音乐，强调听的结果用 hear，故选 B。
37．A 点拨：强调所有能听见的“声音”用 sounds。故选 A。
38．C 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。前面说听力对我们来说非常重要，所以我们必须尽力保护我
们的耳朵。故用 So。
39．D 点拨：本题用固定结构法解答。 “如何”保护耳朵，用 how to。故选 D。
40．A 点拨：本题用语法判定法解答。修饰名词用形容词，而后文提示 bad for ears，故可以判断用
loud“大声的”。故选 A。
41．D 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。gradually 意为“逐渐地”；especial 意为“格外的”；gradual 意为“逐
渐的”；especially 意为“尤其”，根据题干意思“尤其是在使用耳机的时候”，且用副词。可知选 D。
42．C 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。turn on 意为“打开”；turn off 意为“关掉”；turn down 意为“关小(音
量等)”；turn up 意为“调高(音量等)”。故选 C。
43．B 点拨：本题用固定结构法解答。remember to do sth.意为“记着去做某事”，故选 B。
44．D 点拨：本题用固定结构法解答。stop...from doing sth.意为“阻止……做某事”，题干的意思为
阻止水进入你的耳朵。故选 D。 45.B
46．A 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。in fact 意为“实际上”；in short 意为“简而言之”；in general 意为“大
体上”；in a word 意为“总而言之”。根据句意可知选 A。
47．D 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。题干意思是“如果你的耳朵疼痛了……”，故选 D。
48．C
49．C 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。根据句意可知应该是“遵循”上面的建议。故选 C。
50．B 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。句意：现在遵循上面的建议，当你变老时你就不会问“什
么？”。故选 B。
七、A 51.D 点拨：本题为细节理解题。用在原文中寻找答案法解答。根据短文第二段中句子“John
had been in our class for only a few months...”，可知他们在同一个班级里。故选 D。
52．B 点拨：本题为推理判断题。用常识法解答。根据短文第二段中“Mum, he wears the same pants to
school every day. How could he even afford a costume？”可以判断出约翰家里可能很穷。故选 B。
53．D 点拨：本题为细节理解题。用在原文中寻找答案法解答。根据短文第三段的内容可知，约翰
是在数学游戏中赢得的奖励。
54．C 点拨：根据倒数第二段中句子“John wore a new pair of pants and a new shirt the next week.”可知
答案。55．B 点拨：综合全文内容可知，“我们”用了恰当的方式帮助了约翰。故选 B。
B 56.D 点拨：细节理解题。根据第一段内容可知这个老人在村庄中有着最大的农家庭院、最漂亮
的房子，但没说他是最富有的，故排除 A，选 D。
57．C 点拨：推理判断题。老父亲说地里埋着金子，引导孩子们去挖地。父亲想告诉孩子们：财富
就在辛勤的劳动中。故选 C。
58．D 点拨：细节理解题。根据第三段中句子“In a wish to find out the gold, his sons worked hard...”，
可知选 D。
59．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据第三段中句子“but they didn't find what they were looking for”，可知
他们什么也没找到。故选 B。
60．A 点拨：推理判断题。根据倒数第二段中句子“the whole onceuseless land was rich crops”，可知
地里有了好收成，孩子们一定会悟出其中的道理，老人实现了自己的目标。故选 A。
C 61.C 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第二段第一句“But a new camera made by a French company can
recognize(辨别出)faces.”，可知选 C。
62．A 点拨：细节理解题。根据最后一段语境提示“with his shoes on, which is not allowed”，可知在
达米安的公寓里是不能穿鞋子的。故选 A。
63．B 点拨：第一段介绍了普通监控摄像机的局限性；第二段介绍了新式监控摄像机的与众不同之
处；而第三、四、五段则是举例说明这种摄像机发挥的作用。故选 B。
64.D 点拨：主旨大意题。本文主要介绍了一种智能的家庭监控摄像机。故选 D。
八、65～69：CGAFD
九、A.70.friendship 71.communicate
72．Whatever 73.courage
74．uncomfortable
B．75.drove 76.examine
77．agreement 78.disappoint 79.pale
十、参考范文：
Colors can affect people.Li Mei is a middle school student.Her favorite color is red.This is because red
represents success.It can bring people good luck, too.And it can make people comfortable.Lastly，if a girl
wears red clothes, she will look more beautiful.So many girls like wearing red skirts or red hats.If your house
is painted red, you will feel warmer.But many people like other colors, too.
Li Mei likes red, so she hopes to see red everywhere.
名师点评：
◆本文先整体说明了颜色能影响到人，接着介绍李梅的喜好，然后说出她喜好的原因。
◆本文的添彩点：
①文章很有条理，先整体介绍，然后再具体说明李梅的情况，接着说出李梅喜欢红色的原因。特别是通过 and 和 lastly 使文章显得更有条理。
②恰当运用了本单元所学的 make people comfortable，写作功底较好。
Unit 12 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题
号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总
分
得
分
一、听录音，选出与所听到的内容意思相近的一项(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1. A. There is always something interesting in life.
B. There isn't anything amazing in life.
C. There is always something we can't predict.
2. A. Before I went outside, the school bus had not left.
B. I missed the school bus.
C. I caught the school bus.
3. A.I didn't take the ticket to the cinema.
B. I didn't buy the ticket to the movie.
C. There wasn't a movie on that day.
4. A. After having breakfast, I went to the subway station in a hurry.
B. Before I took the subway to school, I had had breakfast.
C. I must take the subway to school, so I didn't have breakfast.
5. A.I was five minutes late for the English class.
B. Five minutes ago, I arrived at school.
C. After I arrived at school, the English class began five minutes later.
二、听五段对话和五个问题，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6. A. Tim. B．Tom. C．Tony.
7. A. No, it doesn't. B．Yes，it does. C. Sorry, we don't know.
8. A. Mary's farm. B．Mary's home. C．Larry's home.
9. A. Thanks Giving Day. B．April Fool's Day.
C. Christmas Day.10. A. To do the housework.
B. To clean the classroom.
C. To visit the Science Museum.
三、听两段长对话，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答 11—13 小题。
11. What time did Mary get up this morning?
A. At about 10 o'clock. B. At about 6 o'clock. C. At about 8 o'clock.
12. Does Mary often get up so late?
A. Yes, she does. B. No, she doesn't. C. We don't know.
13. What does she do when Mary get up early on weekends?
A. Go to the movies. B. Do some reading. C. Only sleep late.
听第二段对话，回答 14—15 小题。
14. How many seasons are mentioned in the conversation?
A. One. B. Two. C. Three.
15. Why does the woman prefer winter?
A. Because she can play with snow.
B. Because it is cold.
C. Because she can skate.
四、听短文，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．Mr. Smith got up ________ in the morning.
A．at 6：30 B．at 7：30 C．at 8：30
17．Mr. Smith________ quickly.
A．got up B．had breakfast C．drove a car
18．When Mr. Smith arrived, he ________．
A．had to wait for the next train
B．missed his train
C．just caught the train
19．Mr. Smith prefers ________．
A．having breakfast B．lying in bed
C．having nothing for breakfast20．Though Mr. Smith got up late, ________．
A．he still had time for breakfast
B．he had enough food for breakfast
C．he was not late for his work
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．Look, the cup is ________of water and some ice.
A．full B．filled C．covered D．filling
22．Don't worry. I think your best friend will ________ at your birthday party.
A．show up B．show off
C．look up D．take off
23．Before the school bell________，all the students had entered the classroom.
A．went into B．went out
C．went away D．went off
24．Would you please give me a________？ I will go to the post office.
A．pick B．block C．lift D．cream
25．When I got to school，our English class ________ on for 5 minutes.
A．was B．had begun
C．had been D．began
26．The boats take different routes，but they all ________ in the same place.
A．give up B．clear up C．end up D．make up
27．I ________go out to have a walk when they opened the door.
A．am about to B．was about to
C．went to D．have to
28．Had they decided ________hiking in the mountain by the time I ________ home?
A．to going; got B．to go; get
C．to go; got D．go; got
29. —Yunnan is very beautiful. I ________ there last year.
—Yes, I __________there twice.
A．went; have gone B．went; have been C．have gone; went D．have been; went
30．“Could we finish such kind of work in 2 days？”Vivian asked me________.
A．in peace B．in disbelief
C．in silence D．in all
31．—Which do young people prefer, music or sports?
— Both. Music is ________ sports.
A．as popular as B．not as popular as
C．more popular than D．less popular than
32．—Have you ever climbed Mount Tai, Carol?
—Yes, I __________in Taian for a week last year and reached the top of it twice.
A．had stayed B．stay
C．stayed D．have stayed
33．I fell off the bike on my way to school.________， I wasn't hurt.
A．Luckily B．Suddenly
C．Politely D．Recently
34．I ________ my father's wet shoes and washed his feet.
A．took out B. took off C. took place
35．Our teacher ________ his money to buy new books for poor children.
A．ran out B．ran out of
C．played a part in D．had in common
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 130；建议用时：7 分钟)
Jasmine stood in the hall, seeming very calm. She thought she ________(36) ready for the English
speech. She________(37) very hard at her speech during the last two weeks. She had memorized her words of
the speech very well________(38) she arrived at the hall. She had even stayed up the whole night
________(39)the speech by herself at home. However, as the English speech was about to begin, she became
very ________(40). She realized that she had forgotten ________(41) her notecards already. She
seemed________(42). She didn't know ________(43) she could do well in the speech. Luckily, she had
practiced ________(44) well that she didn't use her notecards at all. Jasmine performed very well in the speech
and gave an amazing speech. And she ended up________(45) first prize in the speech. Everyone was very
happy.
36. A. is B．was C．were D．am
37. A. working B．has worked
C．had worked D．works38. A. after B．around C．because D．before
39. A. practicing B．practices
C. practiced D．practice
40. A. excited B．nervous C．happy D．lucky
41. A. taking B．to taking C．to take D．takes
42. A. worried B．excited
C. interested D．surprised
43. A.when B．what C．if D．why
44. A.so B．such C．very D．quite
45. A.won B．wining C．wins D．winning
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 230；建议用时：6 分钟)
Many years ago, there lived a very rich man who wanted to do something good for the people of his
town. But first he wanted to find out if they deserved(值得)his help. So he put a very large stone in the
middle of the main road into the town. Then he stood behind a tree, waiting and watching.
Soon an old man came along with his cow.“Who put this stone in the center of the road？”said the old
man, but he didn't try to move the stone away. He passed around the stone with some difficulties and
continued on his way. Another man came along and did the same thing; then another came, and another. All
of them complained about the stone in the center of the road, but nobody tried to move it.
Late in the afternoon, a young man came along. He saw the stone and said, “It will be dark at night.
Some people will come along later in the dark and will fall over the stone and get hurt.” The young man then
began to move the stone. He pushed and pulled and tried everything he could to move it out of the road. But
to his surprise, under the stone he found a bag full of money and this message，“This money is for the person
who moves this stone from the road. The person deserves help.”
46. Who put the stone in the center of the road?
A．An old man. B．A rich man.
C．A young man. D．Another man.
47. Why did the young man move the stone out of the road?
A．Because he was strong enough to move it.
B．Because he knew there was a bag of money under it.
C．Because he didn't want other people to fall and get hurt.
D．Because the rich man wanted him to do so.
48. When the young man moved the stone, he found ________.A．a bag B．a message
C．a bag full of money and a message
D．a bag full of messages
49. All of the people coming along the road did nothing about the stone except
________.
A．people of the town B．the young man
C．the rich man D．the old man with his cow
50. What can we learn from the passage?
A．If we do good things, we will get something good.
B．If we move stones, we will have a lot of money.
C．The young man was lucky.
D．Other people were unlucky.
B (词数：约 270；建议用时：6 分钟)
Let's suppose it is a common day of 2060. Of course, things have changed and life is very different.
Trips to the moon are being made every day. Taking a holiday on the moon today is as easy as taking a
holiday in Europe in the 2010's. At a number of scenic spots(风景胜地) on the moon, many hotels have been
built. In order that everyone can enjoy the beautiful scenery on the moon, every room has at least one picture
window. Everything imaginable is provided for entertainment of the young and old.
What are people eating now? People are still eating food. But a lot of food now comes in pill (药片)
form, and the food that goes into the pill comes mainly from green plants.
Because people in the world today are much more than those about fifty years ago, most of the earth's
surface has to be filled. The deserts are irrigated with water and crops are no longer eaten by pests (害虫).
The harvest is always good.
Farming, of course, is very highly developed. Very few people have to work on the farms. It is possible
to run the farms by just using a few computers. People are now largely vegetarians, and they eat only bread,
vegetables, fruit and so on and they don't eat meat or fish. You see, as the number of people increases, the
number of animals decreases. So people have to be vegetarians. We are healthier both in our bodies and in
our minds, and we know how to deal with all kinds of illnesses. No one has to be ill any more.
Such would be our life in 2060.
51. What will be on the moon in 2060 according to the passage? ________
A．Many green plants. B．Many wild animals.
C．Many interesting places.
52. What's the meaning of the underlined word “irrigated”？A．冲刷 B．灌溉 C．淹没
53. Which of the following sentences is TRUE? ________
A．People only eat food in pill form.
B．People don't have plenty of crops.
C．People run the farms by using high technology.
54. Why do people have to be vegetarians in 2060?
________
A．Because they want to be healthier.
B．Because vegetables can make the patients well.
C．Because there will be more people and fewer animals.
55. What attitude(态度) does the writer have about the future life? ________
A．He feels pretty hopeful about the future.
B．He is not very satisfied with some things of the future.
C．He seems really sad about what will happen in the future.
C (词数：约 200；建议用时：6 分钟)
Lots of kids hate school, a new study found. Usually this kind of feeling doesn't last long. But what
happens if you feel this way too much? School is a fact of life and getting a good education can help you
build the kind of future life you want. So let's talk about school and what to do when you don't like it．
If you don't like school, the first step is to find out why. You might not like school because you don't
have enough friends, or maybe you don't get along with your teachers. Sometimes it's a big problem with
your schoolwork. You may be getting farther and farther behind, and it may seem like you'll never catch up.
When you know why you don't like school, you can start taking steps to make things better. It's a good
idea to talk to someone about your problems with school. Your mum, dad, teacher or school counselor (辅导
员) will be able to help you. Another good idea is to write down your feelings about school in a notebook. It's
a great way to let out emotions (情绪). Remember, you don't have to show what you've written to others.
56．Lots of kids ________according to the new study.
A．dislike school B．like school very much
C．are good at reading
57．What does the underlined word “it” refer to(指的是)in the first paragraph?
A．A good education. B．Future life.
C. School.
58．If you don't like school, the first step is to ________．A. find out why B．go to see a doctor
C. ask your parents for help
59．How many reasons why you don't like school are mentioned in the second paragraph?
A．Two. B．Three. C．Five.
60．Which is NOT the writer's suggestion to make things better?
A. Write down your feelings about school.
B. Show what you've written to others.
C. Talk to someone about your problems with school.
八、词汇运用(每小题 2 分，共 20 分)
A．根据要求完成句子。
61．I waited for my friend for 2 hours，and then he showed up.(用 by the time 改写)
I ________ ________ for my friend for 2 hours by the time he showed up.
62．The sound had disappeared before he got up last night.(改为一般疑问句)
________ the sound________ before he got up last night?
63．When she got to the cinema, the film had already begun.(改为同义句)
The film had already begun________ ________ ________ she got to the cinema.
64．They had sold out the fruit by 2：00 this afternoon.(改为否定句)
They ________ ________ ________ the fruit by 2：00 this afternoon.
65．Before__she__got__a__chance__to__say__“hello”， her favorite star had gone into the car.(对画线部
分提问)
________ ________her favorite star ________ into the car?
B．根据括号内的汉语提示完成句子。
66．He was so convinced that nobody realized he had________(愚弄)us.
67．We have to ________(取消)the game because of the bad weather.
68．I ________(睡过头) this morning and I was late for school.
69．The temperature will be ________(在……上面) 40℃ tomorrow.
70．Many scientists say some animals will ________(消失) if we don't protect them.
九、选词填空(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
阅读下面短文，从方框中选出正确的单词，并用其适当形式填空，使语意通顺、完整。其中有一
个单词是多余的。
on, wake, exact, lie, mistake, rush,
something, search, miss, go,
oversleep “Watch out, Jessica！” my brother shouted to me. When I heard this, I was already________(71)on the
ground. “You really have bad luck, Jessica！” my brother said. He was right. I was having the worst day of
my life. When I ________(72)up in the morning, I found myself on the floor. Don't ask me how I got there,
because I don't know, either. The greatest soccer game was supposed to be ________(73) at 7：00 a．m., so
last night I set my alarm clock for 6：40 a．m. However, it didn't go off, so I ________(74). I got up at 11：00
a．m. I was hungry, so I ________(75) downstairs to find something to eat. I ran so quickly that I missed the
first step and fell downstairs. I was too angry to eat ________(76), so I went back to my bedroom. I turned on
the computer to ________(77) the Internet for the report of the game. When I was about to sit down, I
________(78) the chair. I was so angry, so I decided to go out to relax. When I was riding my bike with my
little brother, I knocked into my neighbor's mailbox by ________(79). What a terrible day! My day didn't go
________(80) as I had planned. I missed the game, fell downstairs, missed the chair and knocked into a
mailbox.
十、书面表达(20 分)
生活中难免会遇到一些感觉不幸的事。下面请以“An Unlucky Day ”为题，写一篇 80～100 词的短
文。
睡觉晚了，早上起床晚了。没吃早饭上学，公共汽车没赶上等。
___________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
Unit 12 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.Life is full of the unexpected.
2．By the time I went outside, the school bus had already left.
3．When I got to the cinema, I realized I had left my ticket at home.
4．I rushed out to take the subway to school without breakfast.
5．When I arrived at school, the English class had been on for five minutes.
二、6. M：By the time Mary got up, which brother had already gone into the bathroom, Tim or Tom?
W：Tim, of course.Q：Who had already gone into the bathroom?
7．M：Does April Fool's Day take place in different countries?
W：Yes, it does.
Q：Does April Fool's Day only take place in England?
8．M：Did you have a good time on April Fool's Day?
W：Yes, we went to Mary's home and played all kinds of tricks.
Q：Where did the woman go on April Fool's Day?
9．M：Have you ever been to England?
W：Yes, I have. I had April Fool's Day there.
Q：What festival did the woman have in England?
10．M：What are you going to do tomorrow?
W：We are going to visit the Science Museum. Would you like to come with us?
M：Yes, I'd love to.
Q：What are they going to do tomorrow?
三、Text 1
M：What time did you get up this morning, Mary?
W：Oh, I got up at about 10 o'clock.
M：Wow, that's too late.
W：Yeah.
M：Do you often get up so late?
W：No, hardly ever.
M：Then did you…
W：I usually get up at 6: 00. But last night, I went to a movie. It was so exciting, but it was too long.
M：Oh, I see. How often do you go to the movies?
W：About once a month. What about you?
M：I go to the movies every weekend. I like it. What do you do when you get up early on weekend?
W：I always do some reading.
Text 2
M：What's the weather like in Beijing?
W：It's snowing, but it's not very cold. The radio says it will be sunny tomorrow.M：Does it often snow in winter?
W：Not very often, but there is a lot of ice.
M：What about spring there?
W：It's quite warm, but the wind is strong sometimes.
M：Which season do you prefer, spring or winter?
W：I like winter better. I like skating. I can skate very well.
四、
Mr. Smith looked at his watch. It was half past seven. He got up quickly. Then he washed and dressed.
He was late as usual. So he didn't have time for breakfast. He ran all the way to the station and arrived there
just in time for the train. Mr. Smith never eats anything in the morning. He always says to his friends at the
office, “It is nice to have breakfast in the morning, but it is nicer to lie in bed.”
听力答案：
一、1～5：CBACA
二、6～10: AABBC
三、11～15：ABBBC
四、16～20：BACBC
笔试部分
五、21.A 点拨：be full of 充满。
22．A 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。show up 意为“出现；露面”；show off 意为“炫耀”；look up 意为“查
阅”；take off 意为“脱下；(飞机等)起飞”。句意：不要担心。我认为你最好的朋友将会在你的生
日聚会上出现。故选 A。
23．D 点拨：本题用词组辨析法解答。 go into 进入；go out 外出；go away 离开；go off 突然发出
巨响。
24．C 点拨：give sb. a lift 捎某人一程。
25．C 点拨：本题用时态判断法解答。根据句意：当我到达学校时，我们的英语课已经开始 5 分钟
了。可知应该用过去完成时，先排除 A 和 D；并且后面有 for 5 minutes，不能和 begin 连用。故
选 C。
26．C 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。give up 意为“放弃”；clear up 意为“清理”；end up 意为“最终成为；
最后处于”；make up 意为“编造”。句意：这些船走了不同的路线，但是它们最后都处于同一个地
方。根据句意可知选 C。
27．B 点拨：be about to do 表示正打算做，由 opened 可知，A 项不对，故选 B。
28．C 点拨：decide to do sth.决定做某事；get home 到家。
29．B 点拨：考查句子的时态。句意：——云南非常美丽。我去年去过那里。——是的，我去过那
里两次了。last year 与一般过去时连用，故排除 C、D 两项；再由 twice 可知，用现在完成时态，表示“曾经去过”。故选 B。
30．B 点拨：本题用语境判定法解答。维维安以一种怀疑的语气来询问，in disbelief 怀疑地，故选
B。in peace 平静地；in silence 安静地；in all 总共，总计。
31．A 点拨：本题用固定结构法解答。句意：——音乐和运动，年轻人更喜欢哪个？——两个都喜
欢。音乐与运动一样受欢迎。 as...as 意为“和……一样……”，故选 A。
32．C 点拨：考查句子的时态。句意：——卡萝尔，你曾经爬过泰山吗？——是的，去年我在泰安呆
过一周，到过山顶两次。last year“去年”，是一般过去时的标志，故选 C。
33．A 点拨：本题用辨析法解题。句意：在我上学的路上，我从自行车上摔下来了，________，我
没有受伤。Luckily 意为“幸运地”；Suddenly 意为“突然”；Politely 意为“有礼貌地”；Recently 意
为“最近”。根据句意可知选 A。
34．B 点拨：考查动词短语辨析。句意：我脱掉我父亲的湿鞋子并给他
洗脚。take out“提取”；take off“脱掉，(飞机等)起飞”；take place“发生”，根据 washed his
feet，可知选 B。
35．B 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。 run out 意为“用完”； run out of 意为“用完”，后接名词； play a
part in 意为“参与”；have...in common 意为“有相同的特征(或特点等)”。句意：我们的老师为给贫
穷的孩子们买新书花光了他的钱。故选 B。
六、36.B 点拨：主语是 she，故排除 C、D 两项。由 She thought 可知，应用一般过去时，故选 B。
37．C 点拨：由语境可知在过去的两周里她一直在很努力准备这次演讲。
38．D 点拨：before 在……以前。
39．A 点拨：现在分词短语作伴随状语，伴随 stayed up 同时进行。
40．B 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解答。根据前后的描述可知，贾丝明准备非常充分，但是在演讲
即将开始时发现忘了带摘记卡片，所以很紧张。故选 B。
41．C 点拨：forget to do 忘记要做。
42．A 点拨：worried 担心的。
43．C 点拨：本题用逻辑推理法解答。本句描述的是贾丝明面临当时的处境心里的想法。原以为准
备很充分，但是却出现突发状况，所以她不知道是否能做得好。故选 C。
44．A 点拨：so...that 如此……以至于。
45．D 点拨：end up doing 以做什么而结束。
七、A 46.B 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第一段中的“there lived a very rich man who wanted to do
something good”以及“So he put a very large stone in the middle of the main road”可知选 B。
47．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的“Some people will come along later in the dark and will
fall over the stone and get hurt.”可知选 C。
48．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第三段中的“under the stone he found a bag full of money and this
message”可知选 C。49．B 点拨：推理判断题。通读文章第二段和第三段可知：只有年轻人想要把石头搬开，其他人都
不理会石头的存在。故选 B。
50．A 点拨：主旨大意题。本文的中心思想旨在揭示在生活中我们应该多考虑别人的利益安危，多
做善事，我们也将有可能得到好的回报。故选 A。
B 51.C 点拨：归纳法。通过第二段的描述可知月球上有许多有趣的地方，故选 C。
52．B 点拨：词义猜测法。 由后面的 with water 可知是灌溉，故选 B。
53．C 点拨：细读法。由文中的 It is possible to run the farms by just using a few computers.可知 C 项
正确。
54. C 点拨：细读法。 由文中句子 as the number of people increases, the number of animals decreases.
可知 C 项正确。
55. A 点拨：通读法。通读全文可以看出作者对未来生活充满了无限的希望，故选 A。
C 56.A 点拨：细节理解题。根据第一段首句 Lots of kids hate school, a new study found.可知许多孩
子都有厌学的思想。故选 A。
57．C 点拨：细节理解题。联系前文 So let's talk about school 描述，可知 it 指的是 school。故选 C。
58．A 点拨：细节理解题。由第二段首句 If you don't like school, the first step is to find out why.可知
选 A。
59．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据短文第二段中的 because you don't have enough friends, or maybe you
don't get along with your teachers. Sometimes it's a big problem with your schoolwork.描述，可知作
者主要指出了厌学的三种原因。故选 B。
60．B 点拨：细节判断题。由短文最后一句话可知选 B。
八、A.61.had waited
62．Had；disappeared 63.by the time
64．hadn't sold out 65.When had; gone
B．66.fooled 67.cancel 68.overslept
69．above 70.disappear
九、71.lying 72.woke
73．on 点拨：be on 上演。
74．overslept
75．rushed 点拨：本题要用联系上下文法解答。由下文“I ran so quickly that I missed the first step and fell
downstairs.”可知是 rush downstairs “冲下楼”。如果选 go 则不能很好地形成前后呼应。
76．anything 77.search
78．missed
79．mistake 点拨：by mistake 错误地。80．exactly
十、参考范文：
An Unlucky Day
I had an unlucky day.I kept on watching TV last night and didn't go to bed until 12：00.My alarm didn't
go off in the morning.So I got up quite late.I rushed out the door without breakfast.When I hurried to the bus
stop，the bus had already left.Luckily，Tom's dad saw me on the street and gave me a lift in his car.When I
reached the school，I found our teacher had begun class.At noon when I got ready to buy lunch，I found that
I hadn't taken any money with me.When I got home after school，I couldn't find my key to the door，because
I had left it in the desk.
What an unlucky day I had!
名师点评：
◆本文按照时间先后顺序进行描述。先总体介绍“我”的倒霉的一天，然后按时间的先后顺序介绍
事情的经过，并说出事情发生的原因是熬夜看电视，闹钟没响等。
◆本文添彩点：
①文章很有条理，先总体介绍“我”的倒霉的一天，然后再具体介绍，并说出原因。
②恰当运用了本单元所学的 go off，以及 When I．.., ...had already...的句型，足以见得作者深厚的写
作功底。
Unit 13 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题
号 一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 总
分
得
分
听力部分(20 分)
一、听录音，选图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1.
2. 3.
4.
5.
二、听五段对话和五个问题，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6．A. Manatees. B．Tigers. C．Pandas.
7．A. It was made of old jeans.
B. Her mother bought it for her.
C. The woman bought the bag in the shop.
8．A. The trees must be taken good care of.
B. The trees must be watered well.
C. The trees must be planted.
9．A. Monkeys.
B. Rabbits.
C. Dogs.
10．A. Recycling paper is difficult.
B. Recycling paper is easy.
C. Recycling is useless.
三、听对话和问题，选择正确的答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
11．A. She is going to listen to a speech.
B．She is going to give a speech.
C．She isn't going to do anything.
12. A.Use water as much as possible.
B. Stop driving cars. C. Take buses more.13．A. Keep the lights on. B. Turn off the lights.
C. Leave the classroom without doing anything.
14．A. He thinks the animals should live in the cages.
B. He agrees with the woman.
C. thinks animals should live in the wild.
15. A. He thinks the material should be thrown away.
B. He thinks the material can be used again.
C．He thinks the material is useless.
四、听短文，完成下列各题(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16．What is the man calling for?
A．He wants to know something about the zoo.
B．He wants to buy a ticket to the zoo.
C．He wants to send some animals to the zoo.
17．When was the National Zoo first opened?
A．In 1899. B．In 1809. C．In 1889.
18．Where is the National Zoo?
A．In Northwest Wellington.
B．In Northwest Washington.
C．In Southwest Washington.
19．Is it open from 8：00 a．m. to 6：00 p．m. every day?
A．Yes, it is. B．No, it isn't.
C．Sorry, I don't know.
20．Why is the National Zoo so special?
A．There are many kinds of animals.
B．It was first opened over a century ago.
C．Anybody can go inside for free.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21. UNICEF was ______ in 1946 to improve children's lives after World War Ⅱ.
A．given up B．put upC．set up D．got up
22. When I passed the corner, I found a young girl throwing________the watermelon skin on the floor.
A．away B．up
C．back D．into
23．I am sure robots of this kind will play a very important part in ________ for people in the future.
A．worked B．working
C．works D．to work
24. —How many women doctors are there in your hospital?
—________ them ________ over twenty.
A．A number of; are B．The number of; are
C．The number of; is
25．Please ________ the lights when you leave the classroom.
A．turn on B．turn down
C．turn up D．turn off
26．Cathy has such a good __________that she won many prizes in singing competitions last year.
A．noise B. idea
C. voice D. time
27．At school, we are taught ________ knowledge________ how to behave well.
A．neither；nor B．either；or
C．not only；but also D．not；but
28．It ________ him half an hour to do the work.
A．spent B．took C．paid D．lent
29．I really hope you can use your own ________to help the local people.
A．advantages B．disadvantages
C．advantageous D．advantaged
30．Why not consider________abroad in five years?
A．study B．to study C．studied D．studying
31．The engineer thought up a very special way to put the used soda cans to good ________.
A．useful B．useless
C．use D．used32. —Hi, Wang Ning! How's the weather in Heze now?
—It is terrible. It ________ all the morning.
A．rains B. is raining C．rained
33. —More and more families can ______ a car now.
—That's true.But I'm afraid there will be more traffic jams.
A．support B. afford C. provide
34．We'll play basketball ________ Class 3 tomorrow.
A．over B．against C．to D．at
35．He used to cut down many trees, but now he has to ________it.
A．pay back B．pay off
C．pay for D．pay out
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)(词数：约 260；建议用时：8 分钟)
My mother only had one eye.And because of this，I never wished her to show up in my school，being
afraid that my classmates would ________(36) I had an ugly mother.
One day during elementary school，I was terribly ill.My mother came.
“Your mom only has one eye？！” asked some of my classmates.I was so ________(37)．
I wished my mother would just ________(38)from this world.“If you make me teased(嘲笑)，why don't
you just die？” I shouted at her，taking no notice of the sad look on her face.My mother just handed me some
medicine and left without saying ________(39)．
At that time，I felt ________ (40) to say what I always wanted to say，and I didn't think I had hurt her
feelings very much. That night I saw my mom ________(41) in her room，so quietly，as if she was afraid that
she might ________(42) me. Even so，I hated her tears from one eye. I made a ________ (43)：I must study
hard and leave my mother.
Years later my dream came true. I was quite successful and lived ________(44)．I never thought of going
back to see my “ugly” mother ________(45)one day I got a letter，which said，“My son...I'm sorry I only have
one eye. When you were little ， you got into a(n) ________(46)and lost your eye. As a mom ， I couldn't
________(47)watching you live with only one eye.________(48) I gave you mine. I was never
________(49)with you and I never regretted(后悔) what I did because I ________(50) you...”
I cried out aloud. Only then did I realize how beautiful my mother was!
36．A. run out B．put out
C. come out D．find out
37．A. happy B．embarrassed
C. cool D．pleased38．A.disappear B．change
C. come D．go
39．A.everything B．something
C. anything D．nothing
40．A. worried B．bad C．good D. annoyed
41．A. cooking B．working C. reading D. crying
42．A. break B．wake C．lose D．see
43．A. decision B．difference
C．suggestion D．mistake
44．A. luckily B．healthily C．busily D．happily
45．A. if B．unless C．until D．though
46．A. accident B．appointment
C. university D．habit
47．A. enjoy B．stand C．help D．stop
48．A. So B．Because C．Or D．But
49．A. excited B．surprised C．angry D．proud
50．A. dislike B．love C．hate D．miss
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 20 分)
A (词数：约 250; 建议用时：7 分钟)
Once a king got two nice falcons(猎鹰)from his son. He had never seen such beautiful falcons before.
He loved them so much and he ordered the best falconer to train them to fly.
After several months, the king came to see how the training was going on. He found that one falcon had
already been able to fly high in the sky, while the other was staying on the branch(树枝)of a tree quietly, just
keeping still.
The king called all his falconers together and ordered them to try every way they could to make the
other falcon fly. But none of them succeeded. One day, while the king was taking a walk in the forest, an
idea came to his mind. Maybe someone who knew the natural environment well could solve this problem. He
sent for a farmer who lived in the forest into his palace to train it at once.
The next morning, the king saw the other falcon flying above in the sky freely.“It is unbelievable！”
shouted the king.“How could you make it happen？”
The farmer replied, “It's very easy. I just cut off the branch where the falcon rested.”
It is always the same to human beings. We all have “two flying wings” in our hearts as well, but we
often seem not to notice them and stay where we are just for safety and comfort. We won't realize we can fly so high and freely until the “branch” we are resting on breaks.
51．What did the king do after he got two falcons?
A．He kept them on the branch of a tree.
B．He sent them to a farmer in the forest.
C．He made the best falconer train them to fly.
D．He set them free and let them fly in the sky.
52．Why did the king call all his falconers together?
A．Because he wanted to get more falcons.
B．Because he wanted the other falcon to fly.
C．Because he wanted them to see his falcons.
D．Because he wanted to know more about falcons.
53．Who finally made the other falcon fly in the sky?
A．The king. B．The king's son.
C．The farmer. D．The best falconer.
54．How did the king feel when he saw the other falcon fly freely in the sky?
A．Excited. B．Moved. C．Worried. D．Relaxed.
55．What is the best title for the text?
A．The Wise King B．The Nice Falcons
C．The Best Falconer D．The Flying Wings
B (词数：约 280；建议用时：7 分钟)
What should you do if there's an earthquake at school? How can you protect yourself when you are
caught in a stampede(蜂拥)? March 25 this year provides you with a good chance to learn about safety.
This day is called the National Day of Education on the Safety of Elementary and Middle School
Students(NDESEMSS) (全国中小学生安全教育日). The theme of the day this year is to give students more
knowledge about safety and make sure their lives safe.
A survey done by the China Youth and Children Research Center showed that school accidents kill
more elementary and middle school students than anything else. The main accidents come from stampedes，
earthquakes, fires and sports injuries(伤害)．
What can we do to keep ourselves safe? Staying calm(镇静)is the first and most important rule when
facing accidents. But different accidents have different selfprotection advice.
A stampede is possible anywhere. The larger a human crowd gets, the more likely stampedes become.
When students around you begin to push, stand still and try to hold onto something, or stay in a corner until
the crowd leaves. If you fall down in a moving crowd, cover your head with both hands. Lean to one side, curl up your body and bend your legs.
Earthquakes are common natural disasters(灾难). When you feel the ground shake, drop down, take
cover under a desk and hold on. You should stay indoors until the shaking stops. If you are outdoors, don't
stay near buildings, trees or power lines.
When there's a fire, follow the teachers' instructions, leave the classroom quickly and use a piece of
cloth to cover your mouth and nose so that you don't breathe in smoke.
56．What's the theme of NDESEMSS this year?
A．To give students more knowledge about safety and make sure their lives safe.
B．To give students more knowledge about health and make sure they eat healthily.
C．To give students more knowledge about science and make their study better.
D．To give students more knowledge about accidents and make them run away.
57．What should you do first when accidents happen according to this passage?
A．Run away. B．Stand there.
C．Keep calm. D．Cry loudly.
58．According to this passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A．Car accidents kill the most elementary and middle school students of all accidents.
B．When there's a fire, you should use cloth to cover your mouth and nose.
C．If you fall down in a moving crowd, you can do nothing but wait there.
D．When an earthquake happens, you should stay near buildings or trees.
59．What's the best title for this passage?
A．Be afraid of accidents
B．The earthquake is coming
C．Run away from accidents
D．How to protect yourself
60．If the writer continues to write this passage, what will he write about?
A．The changes of fires.
B．The reasons of accidents.
C．Sports injuries.
D．Smoking disadvantages.
八、补全对话(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
从所给的选项中选择正确的选项填空，使对话完整，有一项多余。Kate：You're late today！I have waited here for twenty minutes.
Paul：I'm really sorry. ________(61)
Kate：Why didn't you drive your car? It's faster than taking a bus.
Paul：________(62)
Kate：Really? But why?
Paul：Because I think it's our duty to care for our environment.
Kate：You have changed a lot.________(63)
Paul ： I joined a volunteer club—Green Helper. The environmental problem in our country is
becoming more and more serious. It is time to take action to protect the environment, such as taking
shorter showers, recycling books and paper, ________(64) and so on.
Kate：Well, they are easy and useful. But it's not convenient to go to work without driving a car.
Paul：________(65)
Kate：Good idea. You're living a lowcarbon(低碳)life and it's also a good way to exercise.
九、词汇运用(每小题 2 分，共 20 分)
A．用所给词的适当形式填空。
66．She is trying ________(save)wild animals.
67．The ________(pollute)of the environment has become worse recently.
68．The method is not only cruel but also________(harm)to the public.
69．Chengdu is a city ________(know)for delicious hot food.
70．Most students in our class go in for ________(science) activities.
B．根据首字母提示完成句子。
71．(2016·阜康)It's too expensive! We can't a______to pay such a price.
72．I think the girl has a lot of a________．I fall in love with her.
A．What made you do that?
B．I had to wait for a bus for a long time.
C．What's wrong with your car?
D．I am going to buy a bike and then ride to work.
E．I won't drive unless it is necessary.
F．turning off the lights before leaving73．I________produces much waste which pollutes our living environment.
74．Some w________in this museum are made of metal.
75．The river is too dirty.There is a lot of l________ in it.
十、书面表达(20 分)
一次性筷子(oneoff chopsticks)的发明，为人们的日常生活带来了许多便利。但是随着其使用量的
增加，它们也耗费了大量的森林资源，同时对环境也造成了污染。所以，我们国家逐渐禁止使用一次
性筷子。但是，也有人认为不应该完全禁止。请根据下面表格中的信息，用英语写一篇短文。
支持禁止 反对禁止
1.耗费大量的森林资源；
2．污染环境；
3．不少筷子并不干净，
对健康不利。
1.使用起来非常方便；
2．干净，有利于健康；
3．用后就扔掉，不用清洗，节约水资源。
个人观点……
要求：1.内容完整，可适当发挥；
2．时态正确，前后连贯；
3．不少于 100 词，开头已经给出，不计入总词数。
Oneoff chopsticks are very popular，but now_____________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
Unit 13 标准检测卷
听力材料
一、1.The kangaroo is a very cute animal from Australia.
2．The lions in South Africa are in danger.
3．The bicycle is a kind of transportation which doesn't cause pollution.
4．People cut down so many trees.
5．The increasing population is one of the most terrible reasons for polluting the environment.二、 6.W：There used to be a lot of manatees. But now there aren't very many of them.
M：Let's try to save them.
Q：What animals are endangered?
7．M：How beautiful your bag is!
W：Thank you. This bag was made of old jeans by my mother. My mother is good at recycling old
things.
Q：What do you know about the bag?
8．M：Look at the young trees. They were planted yesterday.
W：They need a lot of water now, don't they?
M：Yes, I think so.
Q：What must be done with the trees?
9．M：Do you like monkeys? They are smart and playful.
W：Yes, they are clever. But I like honest animals best such as dogs.
Q：What does the woman like best?
10．M：Recycling paper is very important.
W：I agree with you. But it's difficult for us to do.
Q：What does the woman mean?
三、11.W：I'm going to give a speech about saving the earth this evening.
M：Really? I think it is such a great idea.
Q：What is the girl going to do tonight?
12．M：What should we do to help improve the environment?
W：We can do many things, like saving water and taking buses more.
Q：What can we do to improve the environment?
13. W：Please remember to turn off the lights when you leave the classroom.
M：OK, I will.
Q：What is the boy going to do when he leaves the classroom?
14. W：I think keeping animals in cages is a good idea. It keeps them out of danger.
M：I don't agree. I think animals kept in cages can't be happy.
Q：What does the man mean?
15. W：Why are you using this material?M：Because it can be recycled.
Q：What does the man think of the material?
四、 Sir, thank you for calling the National Zoo, one of the most important animal parks in the world. It
was first opened over a century ago, in 1889. Today there are about 3，000 animals in the zoo. Here's
some information to help you know more about it. Our zoo is in Northwest Washington. You can easily
get here by bicycle or by car. It's open from 8：00 a．m. to 6：00 p．m. every day except Christmas
Day. On weekends and holidays our zoo is often full by 10：00 a．m. It's hard to believe that both adults
and children can get into such a popular zoo for free! Thank you for calling. Come and visit us soon!
听力答案：
一、1～5：BACBA
二、6～10：AABCA
三、11～15：BCBCB
四、16～20: ACBBC
笔试部分
五、21.C 点拨：本题用辨析法解题。句意：联合国儿童基金会 ________于 1946 年，为了改善二战
后儿童的生活。 give up 意为“放弃”；put up 意为“张贴”；set up 意为“建立，设立”；get up 意
为“起床”。根据句意可知选 C。
22．A 点拨：本题用词组辨析法解答。throw away 扔掉；throw up 呕吐；throw back 迫使依靠；throw
into 投身于。
23．B 点拨：play a part in...在……中起作用，in 是介词，如果后面接动词，应该使用动词的ing 形
式。故选 B。
24．C 点拨：本题考查主谓一致。句意：——在你们医院里有多少女医生？——她们的________超
过二十。a number of “许多”，当作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。the number of “……的数量”，
当作主语时，谓语动词用单三形式。故答案为 C。
25．D 点拨：turn off 关掉。
26．C 点拨：考查名词辨析。句意：凯西有如此好的__________以至于她在去年的唱歌比赛中赢得
许多奖项。noise 噪音；idea 主意；voice 嗓音；time 时间。既然是在唱歌比赛中赢得奖项，那么
她肯定有好嗓音。故选 C。
27．C 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。句意：在学校，我们被教________知识________怎样表现得好。
neither...nor...意为“既不……也不……”；either...or...意为 “或者……或者……”，选择一方；not
only...but also...意为“不仅……而且……”；not...but...意为“不是……而是……”。根据句意可知选
C。
28．B 29.A
30．D 点拨：consider doing sth.考虑做某事。
31．C 点拨：put sth. to good use 有效利用某物。32．B 点拨：考查句子的时态。句意为“喂，王宁！现在菏泽的天气怎么样？”“很糟。整个上午都在
下雨。”由上文中的 now 可知，用现在进行时，故选 B。
33．B 点拨：考查动词的辨析。空格所在句句意：现在越来越多的家庭能买得起小汽车了。
support“支持”；afford“支付得起”；provide“提供”。结合句意可知选 B。
34．B 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。over 意为“超过，在上方”；against 意为“反对”；to 意为“到，朝，
向”；at 意为“在”。根据句意：明天我们与三班将进行一场篮球对抗赛。可知 B 项符合语境。
35．C 点拨：本题用词组辨析法解答。pay back 偿还，报复；pay off 付清；pay for 为……付款，
为……付出代价；pay out 付巨款。只有 C 项最符合题意。
六、36.D 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。run out 意为“用光”；put out 意为“生产；扑灭”；come out 意为
“出版；开花”；find out 意为“发现；找出”。由前半句句意“我从来没有希望过她出现在我的学
校”可知，是因为害怕同学们“发现”自己有一个“丑陋的”母亲。故选 D。
37．B 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。happy 意为“高兴的”；embarrassed 意为“尴尬的”；cool 意为“冷漠
的”；pleased 意为“满意的”。同学们发现作者的母亲只有一只眼睛，作者应该是感到“尴尬”，故选
B。
38．A 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。disappear 意为“消失”；change 意为“改变”；come 意为“来”；go
意为“去”。作者受到了同学们的嘲笑，所以恨不得自己的母亲立刻从这个世界上“消失”。故选
A。
39．C 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。everything 意为“一切”；something 意为“某事”，主要用于肯
定句；anything 意为“任何事物”，主要用于疑问句和否定句；nothing 意为“没有什么”。由 without
可知此处应用 anything，表示“母亲什么也没说就离开了”。故选 C。
40．C 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。worried 意为“担心的”；bad 意为“糟糕的”；good 意为“令人愉快
的”；annoyed 意为“恼怒的”。由下半句句意“我认为我没有怎么伤害到她的感受”可知，此处是说“我”
为说出了一直想说的话感到“愉快”。
41．D 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。cook 意为“烹饪”；work 意为“工作”；read 意为“阅读”；cry
意为“哭泣”。由下文 her tears from one eye 可推断出“我”看到母亲在自己的房间里“哭泣”。故选
D。
42．B 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。break 意为“打破”；wake 意为“弄醒”；lose 意为“丢失”；see
意为“看见”。由时间状语 That night 可知是在深夜，“我”应是在睡觉，可推知母亲是怕把我吵醒。
故选 B。
43．A 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。decision 意为“决定”；difference 意为“差异”；suggestion 意为“建
议”；mistake 意为“错误”。由冒号后的句子“我一定要努力学习，离开我的母亲。”可知是“我”做
了一个决定。故选 A。
44．D 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。luckily 意为“幸运地”；healthily 意为“健康地”；busily 意为“忙碌
地”；happily 意为“幸福地”。由前半句“我很成功”可知，“我”生活得很“幸福”，故选 D。
45．C 点拨：if 意为“假如”，表示条件或假设；unless 意为“除非；如果不”，在意义上相当于
if ...not；until 意为“直到”，用于谈论时间；though 意为“尽管”，表示让步。句意为“我从来没想过
要回家看看我‘丑陋的’母亲，直到有一天……。”故选 C。
46．A 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。accident 意为“事故”；appointment 意为“约会”；university 意为“大学”；habit 意为“习惯”。由后文 lost your eye 可知作者遭遇了一场事故，失去了一只眼睛，
故选 A。
47．B 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。enjoy 意为“欣赏”；stand 意为“忍受”；help 意为“帮助”；stop 意为
“停止”。由文意可知，母亲不能忍受自己的孩子只有一只眼睛，故选 B。
48．A 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。so 意为“因此”；because 意为“因为”；or 意为“否则”；but 意
为“但是”。母亲因为不能忍受自己的孩子只有一只眼睛，“所以”把自己的眼睛给了自己的孩子。
49．C 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。be excited about意为“对……感到兴奋”；be surprised at意为“对……
感到惊奇”；be angry with 意为“生……的气”；be proud of 意为“因……而骄傲”。由文意可知，虽
然作者嫌弃母亲丑陋，但母亲从未因此生过气，且能和 with 搭配的只有 angry，故选 C。
50．B 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。dislike 意为“不喜欢”；love 意为“爱”；hate 意为“恨”；miss 意为“想
念”。母亲从未因为作者的行为生过气，也从未后悔过，这一切显然是出于对孩子的“爱”，故选
B。
七、A 51.C 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第一段第三句“He loved them so much and he ordered the best
falconer to train them to fly.”可知，国王让最好的养鹰者去训练这两只鹰飞翔。故选 C。
52．B 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第三段第一句“The king called all his falconers together and ordered
them to try every way they could to make the other falcon fly.”可知，国王召集他所有的养鹰者的目
的是想要另外一只猎鹰飞翔。故选 B。
53．C 点拨：细节理解题。根据文章第四段国王看到另外一只猎鹰在空中飞翔，就问农民“How could
you make it happen？”可知，是这位农民使另外一只猎鹰在空中飞翔。故选 C。
54．A 点拨：推理判断题。根据文章第四段在国王看到另一只猎鹰在空中飞翔时大叫“It is
unbelievable！”可推断出国王当时很激动。故选 A。
55．D 点拨：标题归纳题。本文主要通过讲述两只猎鹰，一只愿意在空中自由飞翔，而另一只在农
民砍掉树枝后才展开翅膀在空中飞翔的故事，来告诉人们，我们都有“两只飞翔的翅膀”，不要等
到舒适的环境失去的时候才会想到往高处飞。故 D 项是最合适的标题。
B 56.A 点拨：细节理解题。由文章第二段中 The theme of the day this year is to give students more
knowledge about safety and make sure their lives safe.可知选 A。
57．C 点拨：细节理解题。由文章第四段中 Staying calm(镇静)is the first and most important rule when
facing accidents.可知选 C。
58．B 点拨：细节理解题。由文章第七段…use a piece of cloth to cover your mouth and nose so that you
don't breathe in smoke.可知选 B。
59．D 点拨：主旨大意题。由文章第一段中 How can you protect yourself when you are caught in a
stampede(蜂拥)？及文中所列举的安全隐患的处置办法等方面可知选 D。
60．C 点拨：推理判断题。由文章第三段中 The main accidents come from stampedes，earthquakes, fires
and sports injuries(伤害)．可知 sports injuries 文中没有详细介绍。故续写时应该写运动损伤方面。
故选 C。
八、61.B 62.E 63.A 64.F 65.D
九、A.66.to save 67.pollution68．harmful
69．known 点拨：过去分词作后置定语。
70．scientific
B．71.afford 72.advantages
73．Industry 74.works 75.litter
十、参考范文：
Oneoff chopsticks are very popular，but now using them causes some problems.
Some people think we shouldn't use oneoff chopsticks any more. On the one hand, we need to use a lot
of wood to make them. On the other hand, they pollute the environment after we use them. What's worse,
many oneoff chopsticks are not clean enough for people to use. They are bad for our health.
But others think we should keep using oneoff chopsticks. Because it is very convenient to use them.
Next, it is much cleaner and healthier to use them than the traditional chopsticks which can be used and
washed again and again. And it is helpful to save water because we don't need to wash them after using.
In my opinion, we should use fewer oneoff chopsticks so that we can save more trees. And we should
also use clean chopsticks to keep healthy.
名师点评：
◆本文有效运用了“四步三要素法”来完成短文。本短文先写出问题所在。然后用 Some people
think... 说出支持的观点。再用 But... 写出反对的观点。最后写出自己的观点，使文章显得更
有条理。
◆本文添彩点：① 本文开头简洁明了，运用“but now using them causes some problems”直奔主
题。②本文比较灵活地运用了 on the one hand, on the other hand, next 之类的词(组)，使短文富
有逻辑，充满活力。③比较巧妙地运用了定语从句“Next, it is much cleaner and healthier to use
them than the traditional chopsticks which can be used and washed again and again.”来描述一次性
筷子和传统筷子之间的区别。
Unit 14 标准检测卷
(满分：120 分 时间：100 分钟)
题
号
一 二 三 四 五 六 七 八 九 十 十
一
总
分
得
分
听力部分(20 分) 一、听句子，选图片(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
1．________ 2.________ 3.________
4．________ 5.________
二、听录音，选择最佳答语(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
6. A. It will be cloudy. B．It was sunny.
C．It is snowy.
7．A. He likes reading books. B．He likes cats.
C．He is very outgoing.
8．A. Just forget it.
B. I won't lend it to you anymore.
C. You should have returned by the end of last month.
9．A. When I was 10 years old.
B. In 3 years. C. Since 3 years ago.
10. A. Thanks a lot.
B. No, I haven't made any progress.
C. I don't care.
三、听两段长对话，选择正确答案(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
听第一段对话，回答 1112 小题。
11. Who will Larry go to Sydney to see?
A．His friends. B．His parents.
C．His grandparents.
12. How long will the boy be away?
A．For a week. B．For about two weeks.
C．For three weeks.
听第二段对话，回答 1315 小题。13. How long was Mark's flight?
A．10 hours. B．5 hours. C．8 hours.
14. Did Mark's plane stop during the flight?
A．No. B．Yes. C．We don't know.
15. What did Mark buy in the dutyfree store?
A．Nothing. B．Coffee. C．Chocolate.
四、听短文，完成下列各题(每小题 1 分，共 5 分)
16. What class is Michael in?
A．The same class as me.
B．A different class from me. C．Class 15.
17. What is Michael always ready to do?
A．Study. B．Do housework. C．Help others.
18. What does Michael look like?
A．A little shorter but stronger than me.
B．A little shorter but thinner than me.
C．Taller but heavier than me.
19. What sport does he like best?
A．Football. B．Volleyball. C．Basketball.
20. What is Michael going to be in the future?
A．A doctor. B．A soldier. C．A teacher.
笔试部分(100 分)
五、单项选择(每小题 1 分，共 15 分)
21．—I remember________you what I am going to do after graduation.
—Sorry, I forget it.
A．tell B．to tell C．telling D．will tell
22．Jack Smith has won first prize of the 100meter race ________at the school sports meeting.
A．in the row B．in a row C．a row of D．in rows
23．—Is there any milk in the fridge?
—No，________ at all.
A．none B．little C．nothing D．anything24．My mother used to be a nice teacher who was patient________her students.
A．of B．in C．at D．with
25. My sister won first prize in this English competition.And my family
________ her.
A．took pride in B．took part in
C．took care of D．took place
26．Don't ________in the room. You should keep it clean and tidy.
A．make a mess B．make the bed
C．make a bet D．make it
27．My teacher told me to________ even though I didn't get a good score in the exam.
A．keep down B．keep away
C．keep off D．keep my cool
28．It________ been 2 years since he came here.
A．had B．has C．was D．have
29．My friend Lily didn't congratulate me on________the competition.
A．winning B．making C．separating D．setting
30．You should ________ the people who help you.
A．be proud of B．be angry with
C．be thankful to D．be patient with
31．My father is a teacher and he is always busy with his work.I ________ time that he can spend with me.
A．am thirsty for B．am responsible for
C．am friendly to D．am mad at
32．Walking in this park makes us think of the happy days in the school with our teachers. They are favorite
days of ________.
A．we B．us C．our D．ours
33．—________ did you work out the problem in such a short time?
—With Mr.Li's help.
A．When B．Where C．How D．Which
34．—Our school food festival has been a big success.
—________A．Congratulations！ B．No problem. C．Good idea!
35 ． I saw Sam and David in the playground yesterday afternoon. They __________games with their
classmates then.
A．play B．will play
C．are playing D．were playing
六、完形填空(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)(词数：约 180；建议用时：6 分钟)
Everyone has a place which he remembers most from his childhood (童年), and so do I. One of the
places I remember from my childhood is a ________(36) in the country. It belonged to my parents. I spent my
summers in that place ________(37) I was a teenager (青少年), and now I begin to miss the farm again.
It was lovely to________(38) there. There were a lot of ________(39) — cows, sheep, hens, and naturally
dogs and cats. My sister and I ________(40) helped to work on the farm. We helped people graze (放牧) sheep
or make bread or cheese. I can still remember that on Tuesdays we ________(41) the bread and on Thursdays,
the cheese.
I love that farm because I________(42) to love animals and not to be afraid of them there. We saw a
sheep give a birth to its baby there, and we enjoyed staying there to see how lovely the ________(43) sheep
was.
Now my sister and her son are ________(44) this place. My nephew (侄子) is ________(45) with the place.
I hope that he has a good time there and when he is older, he will remember the place as I do.
36．A.house B．farm C．village D．park
37．A.as soon as B．until C．though D．since
38．A.stay B．read C．learn D．leave
39．A.flowers B．plants C．animals D．dogs
40．A. sometime B．some time
C．some times D．sometimes
41．A.make B．made C．to make D．making
42．A.wanted B．remembered
C．learned D．stopped
43．A.little B. clever C．colourful D．white
44．A.leaving B．painting C．enjoying D．building
45．A.worried B．angry C．sad D．pleased
七、阅读理解(每小题 2 分，共 30 分)
A (词数：约 180；建议用时：5 分钟)
The first day of school, our professor introduced an old lady Rose to us.“Why are you in college at such an age ？” I asked her. She replied, “I always dreamed of having a
college education and now I'm getting one！” We became friends quickly.
At the end of the term I invited Rose to make a speech to our football team. I'll never forget what she
taught us. She said, “There are some secrets of staying young and being happy. You have to laugh and find
humor every day. You must have a dream. When you lose your dreams, you will die. There is a huge
difference between growing old and growing up. Anybody can grow older. That doesn't need any talent or
ability. To grow up, you must always find the opportunity in change. Have no regrets. The people who are
afraid of death are those with regrets.”
At the end of the year, Rose finished her college. One week after graduation, Rose died peacefully in
her sleep. We would always remember the great woman.
46．From the passage, we can learn that Rose________.
A．went to college at an old age
B．became a professor later
C．once worked in a hospital
D．died before college graduation
47．At the end of the term the writer invited Rose to______.
A．go to a party B．play football
C．make a speech D．write a book
48．The underlined word “talent” in the third paragraph means “________” in Chinese.
A．训练 B．方法 C．途径 D．才能
49．If you want to stay young and be happy，________， according to Rose.
A．never grow up
B．don't be afraid of death
C．have a dream and never lose it
D．don't find the opportunity in change
50．What is the best title of the passage?
A．Laughing every day B．Never too old to learn
C．Growing old and growing up
D．How to stay young and be happy
B (词数：约 200；建议用时：5 分钟)
When you finish high school or university，is learning done? The answer is “no”．In many countries，
people continue learning all their lives.Why is lifelong learning important? How can it help you? Let's look at
one example of lifelong learning in Japan.Why is lifelong learning important?
You go to school and learn. You take tests.But learning doesn't only happen in school.And learning
doesn't stop when you graduate from high school or college.You are learning all the time.For example，
learning can happen when you go to a museum.It can also happen when you get a job.You learn when you
play a sport or when you take a trip.Learning is life! We never stop learning.Every day，you can improve
yourself by learning something new.
Lifelong learning in Japan
In Japan，lifelong learning is very important.People in Japan like to try new learning activities.Music，
calligraphy，flower arranging，and foreign languages are some of their favorite classes.The Japanese take
classes to improve their skills and learn new things.
Conclusion
When we graduate from school，we can continue to learn.Make lifelong learning one of your goals!
51．Why is lifelong learning important?
A．It helps you improve yourself.
B．It's the best way to learn.
C．It's fun and easy.
D．It's an important goal.
52．Some people in Japan take foreign language classes to ________.
A．get a job B．learn new things
C．get good grades D．finish college
53．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Learning only happens in school.
B．When we graduate from school，learning is done.
C．You can't learn anything when you play a sport.
D．Music，calligraphy，flower arranging，and foreign languages are popular classes in Japan.
54．When can we learn?
A．Go to a museum. B．Play a sport.
C．Take a trip. D．All of the above.
55．What is the main idea of the reading?
A．Learning can be fun.
B．We are always learning in school.
C．Finishing high school is important. D．People can learn all their lives.
C(词数：约 270 ；建议用时：7 分钟)
Today, an increasing number of people are always looking at their mobile phones with their heads
down.These people are called the “Headsdown Tribe(低头族)”．Are you a headsdown tribe member?
Headsdown tribe members now can be seen everywhere.
More and more traffic accidents are happening because more drivers use mobile phones when they are
driving.In order to make drivers pay more attention to driving, some new traffic rules have been made.For
example, people who use mobile phones while driving in Taiwan are fined( 罚 款 ) ． Car drivers and
motorcyclists who break the traffic rule will be fined NT 3，000 and NT 1，000 respectively(分别地)．
As we can see above, using mobile phones may cause accidents and even cost a lot of money. Also,
more and more interesting and strange facts happen to the “Headsdown Tribe”．Let's have a look at an
interesting TV report. A man in America kept using his mobile phone on his way home. As a result, he
knocked into a big lost bear.When he lifted his eyes from the phone, he was so afraid that he turned around
and ran away quickly. Another fact is that we can often see people in the restaurant eating face to face but
looking at their own mobile phones.It's strange that they don't talk to the ones who sit opposite to them
during the meal.Some of them even have fun communicating with others on the phone.
Mobile phones are helpful and necessary tools for modern life. Are mobile phones good or bad? It
depends on how people use them. Let's be “healthy” users and try to be the “Headsup Tribe”.
56．A headsdown tribe member ________.
A．is good at using the Internet
B．is a dangerous driver
C．is always looking at his or her mobile phone
57．The underlined word “motorcyclists” in the passage means ________ in Chinese.
A．摩托车手 B．手机使用者 C．低头族
58．The American was ________ when he knocked into the bear.
A．driving a car B．going to work
C．using his mobile phone
59．According to the passage, the “Headsdown Tribe” ________ when they eat in a restaurant.
A．look at their own mobile phones
B．don't talk to the people who sit opposite
C．Both A and B.
60．What's the best title for the passage?
A．Drive your car carefully
B．Use mobile phones properly C．Be a headsdown tribe member
八、补全对话(每小题 2 分，共 10 分)
根据下面的对话内容，从方框内的选项中选出最佳选项，使对话完整、通顺。选项中有一项为多
余选项。
A：Hi，Li Ming.In China，people are talking about the Chinese Dream，aren't they?
B：Yes.The Chinese Dream is all the Chinese people's dream.________(61)
A：I agree with you.________(62)
B：I have a lot of dreams.But I want to be a doctor very much.
A：Sounds good.________(63)
B：Well，I will work hard and go to a famous medical college.
A：________(64)
B：In a hospital in my hometown. I hear they need lots of doctors.
A：That's great.________(65)
B：Thank you.
九、词汇运用(每小题 1 分，共 10 分)
A．请根据汉语提示完成句子。
66．My father can always find many ________(方法) to solve difficult problems.
67．Believe yourself.You can ________(克服) the difficulties.
68．In my view, Uncle Tom is a great professional ________(经理)．
69．This is a ________(任务)that can't be finished by anybody in such a short time.
70．We have to carry out our teacher's ________(指令)．
B．请用所给单词的适当形式填空。
A．What's your dream?
B．And then where do you want to work in the future?
C．I think everyone has his own dream.
D．Do you want to be a doctor?
E．I hope your dream will come true.
F．How are you going to do that?71．She is so ________(care)that everyone in our dormitory likes her very much.
72．The poor lady was ________(thank)to him for the donated washing machine.
73．My time in junior high school has been ________(enjoy)．
74．There are three ________(survey) about the students' free time，hobbies and homework.
75．I think these new computers are ________(we)．
十、选词填空。阅读下面短文，从方框中选出适当的单词，并用其正确的形式填入文中的空白处，使
语意通顺、完整。有一个单词是多余的(每小题 1 分，共 10 分) (词数：约 170；建议用时：7 分钟)
For every student, every day is different. But do you enjoy your school life?
Nowadays, it seems that the school life is not as________(76) as we thought. As we grow up, our
pressure of study also grows. Many of my classmates don't go to bed ________(77) 11 p．m. or 12 p．m. It
seems stress and pressure are ________(78) of a colorful school life. But in my school, the life in Grade 8 isn't
so depressing (令人沮丧的)．
My classmates are very outgoing and ________(79). Although our head teacher is strict________(80) us in
our studies, we also feel very happy and do the schoolwork well.
Sometimes, we may read some magazines to relax ________(81). But I ________(82) to do some reading
and write something in my diary. These activities can help me get rid of stress from studying.
In other words, we can do many fun things to fill up our school lives. ________(83) let's all enjoy
ourselves at school.
________(84), the final exam is coming soon. It's time for us to ________(85) ourselves. We should try
our best to do well in it.
十一、书面表达(15 分)
作为一名初三的学生，你即将毕业离开母校。在过去的三年中，你在学校度过了很快乐的时光。
下周，你的班级将会举办一次班会。请你用英语写一篇发言稿，表达你对母校、老师、同学和工作人
员的感激之情。
要求：100 词左右，文章开头已经给出，不计入总词数。
Hello, everyone. I'd like to talk about my life in our school.
_________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Unit 14 标准检测卷
until, anyway, energy, because, with, we, problem, perfect, prefer,
prove, so听力材料
一、1.Jason is my favorite Geography teacher.
2．My friend Leo is such a great football player.
3．M：I will never forget the days when I studied in this school.
4．In the past few years, we have had wonderful sports meetings.
5．Tommy wants to be a policeman in the future.
二、6.What will the weather be like tomorrow?
7．Do you remember what your friend is like?
8．I am sorry I forget to return your favorite book on time.
9．How long have you been studying in this school?
10．I think you have made great progress in English.
三、Text 1
W：Where are you going for your vacation, Larry?
M：I'm going to Sydney.
W：I suppose you are going to see your grandparents.
M：Yes, that's right.
W：How long will you be away?
M：I'll be there for about a week and then I'll drive up to Canberra and stay there for a few days.
W: So I won't see you for about two weeks.
Text 2
W：Hi, Mark! Long time no see.
M：Hi, Ann!
W：Where have you been?
M：I just came back from London.
W：How was your flight?
M：It was OK.I was tired, though.
W：That's too bad. How long was the flight?
M：It was 10 hours.
W：Did you stop during the flight?
M：Yes, in Paris.W：Did you buy anything in the dutyfree store?
M：Yes. I bought two boxes of chocolate—one for me and one for you!
W：Oh, you didn't have to...
M：It was nothing.
四、 My best friend is Michael. He is 15 years old. We are in the same class. He works very hard. He is
never late for school and he does well in all his lessons. He is always ready to help others. My math is
very poor, so he often helps me with my math after class. His parents are both teachers who are really
busy, so he often helps do the housework at home. He is a little shorter but he is stronger than me. He
likes playing football very much at school. We often play football together and he plays it well. But I'm
more interested in volleyball and basketball. He gets on well with our classmates. Everyone in our class
likes him. But now it's time to graduate and we are going to leave our school. Michael and I are going
to different high schools. In the future, he wants to be a soldier and I hope to be a doctor. But we
believe our friendship will last forever.
听力答案：
一、1～5：EDABC
二、6～10: ACACA
三、11～15：CBABC
四、 16～20: ACAAB
笔试部分
五、21.C 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解答。答句中提到“我忘记了”，说明已经发生了。remember
doing sth.记得做过某事，故选 C。
22．B 点拨：in a row 连续地。
23．A 点拨：句意：——冰箱里还有牛奶吗？——没了，一点都没了。none at all 意为“一点都没
有”；nothing at all 意为“什么也没有”。根据句意，可知应选 A。
24. D 点拨：be patient with 对……有耐心。
25．A 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。take pride in 意为“以……为骄傲”；take part in 意为“参加”； take
care of 意为“照顾”；take place 意为“发生”。句意：我的姐姐在这次英语比赛中获得一等奖。我们
一家人都为她骄傲。 故选 A。
26．A 点拨：本题用正确把握语境法解答。题干后一句提到“你应该保持房间干净整洁”，所以选 A。
make a mess 弄得一团糟；make the bed 铺床；make a bet 打赌；make it 准时到达，获得成功。
27．D 点拨：本题用短语辨析法解答。keep down 蹲下；keep away 避免接近；keep off(使)不接近； keep
one's cool 保持冷静，沉住气。
28．B 点拨：“It has been＋时间段＋since 从句”意为“自……以来已多长时间了。”
29．A 点拨：win 赢得；make 制作； separate 分开；set 放置。只有 A 最符合题意。
30．C 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。be proud of 意为“对……感到自豪”；be angry with 意为“对……感到生气”；be thankful to 意为“对……感激”；be patient with 意为“对……有耐心”。句意：你应该
对帮助你的人心存感激。故选 C。
31．A 点拨：本题用辨析法解答。 be thirsty for 意为“对……渴望”；be responsible for 意为“对……
负责”；be friendly to 意为“对……友好”；be mad at 意为“对……气愤”。句意：我的爸爸是一位老
师并且他总是忙于他的工作。我渴望他能和我度过一些时光。
32．D 点拨：本题用结合语境法解答。句意为：在这公园里散步使我们想起和我们的老师在学校里
的快乐的日子。它们是我们最喜欢的日子。根据句意可知空格处应填名词性物主代词。故选 D。
33．C 点拨：考查疑问词的辨析。句意：——你是如何在这么短的时间内解出这道题目的？——在
李老师的帮助下。由答语可知，问句是对方式提问。应该用 how，故选 C。
34．A 点拨：本题考查交际用语。根据第一句句意：“我们学校的美食节已经取得很大成功。”可知，
下面应表示祝贺，故选 A。
35.D
六、36.B 37.B
38．A 点拨：本题用词语应用法解答。stay 停留；read 阅读；learn 学习；leave 离开。由句意“待在
那里令人很愉快”。可知，A 项符合句意。
39．C 40.D 41.B 42.C
43．A 点拨：本题用联系上下文法解答。由前半句“这只绵羊产下一只幼崽”可推知，这只小羊非常
可爱。little“小的”符合句意。
44. C
45．D 点拨：本题用逻辑推理法解答。结合前后句可知，我的侄子很喜欢这个地方。be pleased with
对……喜欢/满意。
七、A
46.A 点拨：本题为细节题，用联系上下文法解答。根据短文中第一段及第
二段的第一句“‘Why are you in college at such an age？’ I asked her.”可
知罗丝上大学的时候年龄比较大了，故选 A。
47．C 点拨：本题为细节题，用在原文中寻找答案法解答。根据短文中第三段的第一句“At the end of
the term I invited Rose to make a speech to our football team.”的描述可知，正确答案为 C。 48.D
49．C 点拨：本题为细节题，用在原文中寻找答案法解答。根据短文中第三段的描述可知，正确答
案为 C。
50．B 点拨：本题为主旨大意题。根据短文前后的描述可知，罗丝一直坚持自己的梦想，坚持学习，
拥有活到老学到老的精神，故选 B。
B 51.A 点拨：由第二段中．..you can improve yourself by learning something new.可知答案为 A。
52．B 点拨：细节理解题。由第三段中 The Japanese take classes to improve their skills and learn new
things.可知答案为 B。53．D 点拨：细节理解题。由第三段中 Music，calligraphy, flower arranging，and foreign languages are
some of their favorite classes.可知答案为 D。
54．D 点拨：细节理解题。 根据第二段中 You are learning all...you take a trip.可知答案选 D。
55．D 点拨：主旨大意题。由全文可知，本文介绍的是终身学习。故选 D。
C
56.C 点拨：细节理解题。 由第一段的第一、第二句话 Today, an increasing
number of people are always looking at their mobile phones with their heads
down.These people are called the “Headsdown Tribe(低头族)”．可知选 C。
57．A 点拨：猜测词义题。根据此句 Car drivers and motorcyclists who break the traffic rule will be fined
NT$ 3，000 and NT$1，000 respectively(分别地)．可知违反交通规则的小汽车司机以及摩托车手
会被罚款。故选 A。
58．C 点拨：细节理解题。由第三段中的 A man in America kept using his mobile phone on his way
home.As a result, he knocked into a big lost bear.可知选 C。
59．C 点拨：细节理解题。由第三段中的 Another fact is that we can often see people in the restaurant
eating face to face but looking at their own mobile phones.It's strange that they don't talk to the ones who
sit opposite to them during the meal.可知选 C。
60．B 点拨：主旨大意题。本文先提出了“低头族”的概念，分析了它的危害，倡议人们要抬头，实
际上就是要人们正确地使用手机，健康地享受智能化的生活。故选 B。
八、61～65：CAFBE
九、A.66.methods 67.overcome
68．manager 69.task 70.instructions
B．71.caring 72.thankful
73．enjoyable 74.surveys 75.ours
十、76.perfect
77．until 点拨：not...until 直到……才。
78．problems
79．energetic 点拨：energetic 充满活力的。
80．with
81．ourselves 点拨：relax oneself 放松自己。
82．prefer 点拨：prefer to do 更喜欢做。
83．So
84．Anyway 点拨：无论如何；不管怎样。 85．prove 点拨：prove 证明，动词。
十一、参考范文：
Hello, everyone. I'd like to talk about my life in our school. We will graduate in a few weeks. I think it
is a good chance for me to say “Thanks” to our school, all the teachers, classmates and school workers.
Our school is very beautiful. I have spent my happiest three years here. And I really hope she will be
better and better. For me, the most unforgettable people are all the teachers who are so knowledgeable and
experienced. You are always kind and caring, patient and responsible. I will never forget your help. I'm also
thankful to my classmates and friends who are very hardworking. I hope everyone will enter their dream
school to study.
In the end, I'd like to give my special “Thanks” to all the workers in our school. Thank you for
everything you have done for us!
Thank you for your listening. And good luck to you!
名师点评：
◆本文是一篇发言稿，比较好地运用了“5W 精确表达法”，根据需要，侧重点在 who, why 两个
方面，内容完整，逻辑清晰，语言具有口语和书面语的双重特征，充满浓浓的温情。
◆本文添彩点：①主题突出。如第一段中的“I think it is a good chance for me to say ‘Thanks’．..”。②
运用了定语从句“...all the teachers who are so knowledgeable and experienced.”。③结尾表示感
谢和祝福。这是发言稿常见的表达方式。
微信/支付宝扫码支付